From 219a6dab8995aad9ac4860cc1a84d6f3509a03a4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: wbx Date: Sun, 17 May 2009 14:41:34 +0200 Subject: Initial import --- config/Config.in | 8 + config/Kconfig-language.txt | 255 ++++++ config/Makefile | 123 +++ config/Makefile.in | 5 + config/checklist.c | 377 ++++++++ config/colors.h | 161 ++++ config/conf.c | 601 ++++++++++++ config/confdata.c | 449 +++++++++ config/dialog.h | 196 ++++ config/expr.c | 1089 ++++++++++++++++++++++ config/expr.h | 194 ++++ config/glob.c | 848 +++++++++++++++++ config/glob.h | 100 ++ config/inputbox.c | 240 +++++ config/lex.backup | 1 + config/lkc.h | 113 +++ config/lkc_proto.h | 39 + config/mconf.c | 717 +++++++++++++++ config/menu.c | 436 +++++++++ config/menubox.c | 438 +++++++++ config/msgbox.c | 85 ++ config/symbol.c | 782 ++++++++++++++++ config/textbox.c | 556 +++++++++++ config/util.c | 375 ++++++++ config/yesno.c | 118 +++ config/zconf.l | 387 ++++++++ config/zconf.output | 2133 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ config/zconf.y | 693 ++++++++++++++ 28 files changed, 11519 insertions(+) create mode 100644 config/Config.in create mode 100644 config/Kconfig-language.txt create mode 100644 config/Makefile create mode 100644 config/Makefile.in create mode 100644 config/checklist.c create mode 100644 config/colors.h create mode 100644 config/conf.c create mode 100644 config/confdata.c create mode 100644 config/dialog.h create mode 100644 config/expr.c create mode 100644 config/expr.h create mode 100644 config/glob.c create mode 100644 config/glob.h create mode 100644 config/inputbox.c create mode 100644 config/lex.backup create mode 100644 config/lkc.h create mode 100644 config/lkc_proto.h create mode 100644 config/mconf.c create mode 100644 config/menu.c create mode 100644 config/menubox.c create mode 100644 config/msgbox.c create mode 100644 config/symbol.c create mode 100644 config/textbox.c create mode 100644 config/util.c create mode 100644 config/yesno.c create mode 100644 config/zconf.l create mode 100644 config/zconf.output create mode 100644 config/zconf.y (limited to 'config') diff --git a/config/Config.in b/config/Config.in new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9a7778310 --- /dev/null +++ b/config/Config.in @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +# + +config ADK_PACKAGE_CONFIG + bool"config" + default n + help + Add help text here. + diff --git a/config/Kconfig-language.txt b/config/Kconfig-language.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..493749b32 --- /dev/null +++ b/config/Kconfig-language.txt @@ -0,0 +1,255 @@ +Introduction +------------ + +The configuration database is collection of configuration options +organized in a tree structure: + + +- Code maturity level options + | +- Prompt for development and/or incomplete code/drivers + +- General setup + | +- Networking support + | +- System V IPC + | +- BSD Process Accounting + | +- Sysctl support + +- Loadable module support + | +- Enable loadable module support + | +- Set version information on all module symbols + | +- Kernel module loader + +- ... + +Every entry has its own dependencies. These dependencies are used +to determine the visible of an entry. Any child entry is only +visible if its parent entry is also visible. + +Menu entries +------------ + +Most entries define a config option, all other entries help to organize +them. A single configuration option is defined like this: + +config MODVERSIONS + bool "Set version information on all module symbols" + depends MODULES + help + Usually, modules have to be recompiled whenever you switch to a new + kernel. ... + +Every line starts with a key word and can be followed by multiple +arguments. "config" starts a new config entry. The following lines +define attributes for this config option. Attributes can be the type of +the config option, input prompt, dependencies, help text and default +values. A config option can be defined multiple times with the same +name, but every definition can have only a single input prompt and the +type must not conflict. + +Menu attributes +--------------- + +A menu entry can have a number of attributes. Not all of them are +applicable everywhere (see syntax). + +- type definition: "bool"/"tristate"/"string"/"hex"/"integer" + Every config option must have a type. There are only two basic types: + tristate and string, the other types base on these two. The type + definition optionally accepts an input prompt, so these two examples + are equivalent: + + bool "Networking support" + and + bool + prompt "Networking support" + +- input prompt: "prompt" ["if" ] + Every menu entry can have at most one prompt, which is used to display + to the user. Optionally dependencies only for this prompt can be added + with "if". + +- default value: "default" ["if" ] + A config option can have any number of default values. If multiple + default values are visible, only the first defined one is active. + Default values are not limited to the menu entry, where they are + defined, this means the default can be defined somewhere else or be + overriden by an earlier definition. + The default value is only assigned to the config symbol if no other + value was set by the user (via the input prompt above). If an input + prompt is visible the default value is presented to the user and can + be overridden by him. + Optionally dependencies only for this default value can be added with + "if". + +- dependencies: "depends on"/"requires" + This defines a dependency for this menu entry. If multiple + dependencies are defined they are connected with '&&'. Dependencies + are applied to all other options within this menu entry (which also + accept "if" expression), so these two examples are equivalent: + + bool "foo" if BAR + default y if BAR + and + depends on BAR + bool "foo" + default y + +- help text: "help" + This defines a help text. The end of the help text is determined by + the level indentation, this means it ends at the first line which has + a smaller indentation than the first line of the help text. + + +Menu dependencies +----------------- + +Dependencies define the visibility of a menu entry and can also reduce +the input range of tristate symbols. The tristate logic used in the +expressions uses one more state than normal boolean logic to express the +module state. Dependency expressions have the following syntax: + + ::= (1) + '=' (2) + '!=' (3) + '(' ')' (4) + '!' (5) + '||' (6) + '&&' (7) + +Expressions are listed in decreasing order of precedence. + +(1) Convert the symbol into an expression. Boolean and tristate symbols + are simply converted into the respective expression values. All + other symbol types result in 'n'. +(2) If the values of both symbols are equal, it returns 'y', + otherwise 'n'. +(3) If the values of both symbols are equal, it returns 'n', + otherwise 'y'. +(4) Returns the value of the expression. Used to override precedence. +(5) Returns the result of (2-/expr/). +(6) Returns the result of min(/expr/, /expr/). +(7) Returns the result of max(/expr/, /expr/). + +An expression can have a value of 'n', 'm' or 'y' (or 0, 1, 2 +respectively for calculations). A menu entry becomes visible when it's +expression evaluates to 'm' or 'y'. + +There are two type of symbols: constant and nonconstant symbols. +Nonconstant symbols are the most common ones and are defined with the +'config' statement. Nonconstant symbols consist entirely of alphanumeric +characters or underscores. +Constant symbols are only part of expressions. Constant symbols are +always surrounded by single or double quotes. Within the quote any +other character is allowed and the quotes can be escaped using '\'. + +Menu structure +-------------- + +The position of a menu entry in the tree is determined in two ways. First +it can be specified explicitely: + +menu "Network device support" + depends NET + +config NETDEVICES + ... + +endmenu + +All entries within the "menu" ... "endmenu" block become a submenu of +"Network device support". All subentries inherit the dependencies from +the menu entry, e.g. this means the dependency "NET" is added to the +dependency list of the config option NETDEVICES. + +The other way to generate the menu structure is done by analyzing the +dependencies. If a menu entry somehow depends on the previous entry, it +can be made a submenu of it. First the the previous (parent) symbol must +be part of the dependency list and then one of these two condititions +must be true: +- the child entry must become invisible, if the parent is set to 'n' +- the child entry must only be visible, if the parent is visible + +config MODULES + bool "Enable loadable module support" + +config MODVERSIONS + bool "Set version information on all module symbols" + depends MODULES + +comment "module support disabled" + depends !MODULES + +MODVERSIONS directly depends on MODULES, this means it's only visible if +MODULES is different from 'n'. The comment on the other hand is always +visible when MODULES it's visible (the (empty) dependency of MODULES is +also part of the comment dependencies). + + +Kconfig syntax +-------------- + +The configuration file describes a series of menu entries, where every +line starts with a keyword (except help texts). The following keywords +end a menu entry: +- config +- choice/endchoice +- comment +- menu/endmenu +- if/endif +- source +The first four also start the definition of a menu entry. + +config: + + "config" + + +This defines a config symbol and accepts any of above +attributes as options. + +choices: + + "choice" + + + "endchoice" + +This defines a choice group and accepts any of above attributes as +options. A choice can only be of type bool or tristate, while a boolean +choice only allows a single config entry to be selected, a tristate +choice also allows any number of config entries to be set to 'm'. This +can be used if multiple drivers for a single hardware exists and only a +single driver can be compiled/loaded into the kernel, but all drivers +can be compiled as modules. +A choice accepts another option "optional", which allows to set the +choice to 'n' and no entry needs to be selected. + +comment: + + "comment" + + +This defines a comment which is displayed to the user during the +configuration process and is also echoed to the output files. The only +possible options are dependencies. + +menu: + + "menu" + + + "endmenu" + +This defines a menu block, see "Menu structure" above for more +information. The only possible options are dependencies. + +if: + + "if" + + "endif" + +This defines an if block. The dependency expression is appended +to all enclosed menu entries. + +source: + + "source" + +This reads the specified configuration file. This file is always parsed. diff --git a/config/Makefile b/config/Makefile new file mode 100644 index 000000000..278f98849 --- /dev/null +++ b/config/Makefile @@ -0,0 +1,123 @@ +# $Id: Makefile 185 2008-10-28 12:24:05Z wbx $ +#- +# This file is part of the OpenADK project. OpenADK is copyrighted +# material, please see the LICENCE file in the top-level directory. + +include ${TOPDIR}/rules.mk + +CP=cp -fpR + +all: ncurses conf mconf + +LIBS= -lncurses +ifeq (/usr/include/ncurses/ncurses.h, $(wildcard /usr/include/ncurses/ncurses.h)) +HOSTNCURSES+= -I/usr/include/ncurses -DCURSES_LOC="" +else +ifeq (/usr/include/ncurses/curses.h, $(wildcard /usr/include/ncurses/curses.h)) +HOSTNCURSES+= -I/usr/include/ncurses -DCURSES_LOC="" +else +ifeq (/usr/local/include/ncurses/ncurses.h, $(wildcard /usr/local/include/ncurses/ncurses.h)) +HOSTCFLAGS+= -I/usr/local/include/ncurses -DCURSES_LOC="" +else +ifeq (/usr/local/include/ncurses/curses.h, $(wildcard /usr/local/include/ncurses/curses.h)) +HOSTCFLAGS+= -I/usr/local/include/ncurses -DCURSES_LOC="" +else +ifeq (/usr/pkg/include/ncurses.h, $(wildcard /usr/pkg/include/ncurses.h)) +HOSTCFLAGS+= -I/usr/pkg/include -DCURSES_LOC="" +LIBS+= -L/usr/pkg/lib -Wl,-rpath -Wl,/usr/pkg/lib +else +ifeq (/usr/include/ncurses.h, $(wildcard /usr/include/ncurses.h)) +HOSTNCURSES+= -DCURSES_LOC="" +else +HOSTNCURSES+= -DCURSES_LOC="" +endif +endif +endif +endif +endif +endif + +CONF_SRC =conf.c +MCONF_SRC =mconf.c checklist.c menubox.c textbox.c yesno.c inputbox.c util.c msgbox.c +SHARED_SRC=zconf.tab.c glob.c +SHARED_DEPS:=lkc.h lkc_proto.h lkc_defs.h expr.h zconf.tab.h glob.h +CONF_OBJS =$(patsubst %.c,%.o, $(CONF_SRC)) +MCONF_OBJS=$(patsubst %.c,%.o, $(MCONF_SRC)) +SHARED_OBJS=$(patsubst %.c,%.o, $(SHARED_SRC)) + +conf: $(CONF_OBJS) $(SHARED_OBJS) + $(HOSTCC) $(NATIVE_LDFLAGS) $^ -o $@ + +mconf: $(MCONF_OBJS) $(SHARED_OBJS) + $(HOSTCC) $(NATIVE_LDFLAGS) $^ -o $@ $(LIBS) + +$(CONF_OBJS): %.o : %.c $(SHARED_DEPS) + $(HOSTCC) $(HOSTCFLAGS) -I. -c $< -o $@ + +$(MCONF_OBJS): %.o : %.c $(SHARED_DEPS) + $(HOSTCC) $(HOSTCFLAGS) $(HOSTNCURSES) -I. -c $< -o $@ + +glob.o: glob.c $(SHARED_DEPS) + $(HOSTCC) $(HOSTCFLAGS) -I. -c glob.c -o $@ + +lkc_defs.h: lkc_proto.h + @sed < $< > $@ 's/P(\([^,]*\),.*/#define \1 (\*\1_p)/' + +### +# The following requires flex/bison +# By default we use the _shipped versions, uncomment the +# following line if you are modifying the flex/bison src. +LKC_GENPARSER:= 1 + +ifdef LKC_GENPARSER + +%.tab.c %.tab.h: %.y + bison -t -d -v -b $* -p $(notdir $*) $< + +lex.%.c: %.l + flex -P$(notdir $*) -o$@ $< + +lex.zconf.o: lex.zconf.c $(SHARED_DEPS) + $(HOSTCC) $(HOSTCFLAGS) -I. -c $< -o $@ + +zconf.tab.o: zconf.tab.c lex.zconf.c confdata.c expr.c symbol.c menu.c $(SHARED_DEPS) + $(HOSTCC) $(HOSTCFLAGS) -I. -c $< -o $@ + +else + +lex.zconf.o: lex.zconf.c $(SHARED_DEPS) + $(HOSTCC) $(HOSTCFLAGS) -I. -c $< -o $@ + +lex.zconf.c: lex.zconf.c_shipped + $(CP) lex.zconf.c_shipped lex.zconf.c + +zconf.tab.o: zconf.tab.c lex.zconf.c confdata.c expr.c symbol.c menu.c $(SHARED_DEPS) + $(HOSTCC) $(HOSTCFLAGS) -I. -c $< -o $@ + +zconf.tab.c: zconf.tab.c_shipped + $(CP) zconf.tab.c_shipped zconf.tab.c + +zconf.tab.h: zconf.tab.h_shipped + $(CP) zconf.tab.h_shipped zconf.tab.h +endif + +.PHONY: ncurses + +ncurses: + @echo "int main(void) { return -1; }" > lxtemp.c + @if $(HOSTCC) $(HOSTCFLAGS) lxtemp.c $(LIBS) ; then \ + rm -f lxtemp.c a.out; \ + else \ + rm -f lxtemp.c; \ + printf '\007'; \ + echo ">> Unable to find the Ncurses libraries." ;\ + echo ">>" ;\ + echo ">> You must have Ncurses installed in order" ;\ + echo ">> to use 'make menuconfig'" ;\ + echo ;\ + exit 1 ;\ + fi + +clean: + rm -f *.o *~ core $(TARGETS) $(MCONF_OBJS) $(CONF_OBJS) \ + conf mconf zconf.tab.c zconf.tab.h lex.zconf.c lkc_defs.h diff --git a/config/Makefile.in b/config/Makefile.in new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0b3ac40a9 --- /dev/null +++ b/config/Makefile.in @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +ifeq ($(strip $(ADK_PACKAGE_CONFIG)),y) +TARGETS+=config +endif + +include ${TOPDIR}/mk/pkg-bottom.mk diff --git a/config/checklist.c b/config/checklist.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ec5a9ad68 --- /dev/null +++ b/config/checklist.c @@ -0,0 +1,377 @@ +/* + * checklist.c -- implements the checklist box + * + * ORIGINAL AUTHOR: Savio Lam (lam836@cs.cuhk.hk) + * Stuart Herbert - S.Herbert@sheffield.ac.uk: radiolist extension + * Alessandro Rubini - rubini@ipvvis.unipv.it: merged the two + * MODIFIED FOR LINUX KERNEL CONFIG BY: William Roadcap (roadcap@cfw.com) + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License + * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 + * of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. + */ + +#include "dialog.h" + +static int list_width, check_x, item_x, checkflag; + +/* + * Print list item + */ +static void +print_item (WINDOW * win, const char *item, int status, + int choice, int selected) +{ + int i; + + /* Clear 'residue' of last item */ + wattrset (win, menubox_attr); + wmove (win, choice, 0); + for (i = 0; i < list_width; i++) + waddch (win, ' '); + + wmove (win, choice, check_x); + wattrset (win, selected ? check_selected_attr : check_attr); + if (checkflag == FLAG_CHECK) + wprintw (win, "[%c]", status ? 'X' : ' '); + else + wprintw (win, "(%c)", status ? 'X' : ' '); + +#if 0 + wattrset (win, selected ? tag_selected_attr : tag_attr); + mvwaddch(win, choice, item_x, item[0]); + wattrset (win, selected ? item_selected_attr : item_attr); + waddstr (win, (char *)item+1); +#else + wattrset (win, selected ? item_selected_attr : item_attr); + waddstr (win, item); +#endif + if (selected) { + wmove (win, choice, check_x+1); + wrefresh (win); + } +} + +/* + * Print the scroll indicators. + */ +static void +print_arrows (WINDOW * win, int choice, int item_no, int scroll, + int y, int x, int height) +{ + wmove(win, y, x); + + if (scroll > 0) { + wattrset (win, uarrow_attr); + waddch (win, ACS_UARROW); + waddstr (win, "(-)"); + } + else { + wattrset (win, menubox_attr); + waddch (win, ACS_HLINE); + waddch (win, ACS_HLINE); + waddch (win, ACS_HLINE); + waddch (win, ACS_HLINE); + } + + y = y + height + 1; + wmove(win, y, x); + + if ((height < item_no) && (scroll + choice < item_no - 1)) { + wattrset (win, darrow_attr); + waddch (win, ACS_DARROW); + waddstr (win, "(+)"); + } + else { + wattrset (win, menubox_border_attr); + waddch (win, ACS_HLINE); + waddch (win, ACS_HLINE); + waddch (win, ACS_HLINE); + waddch (win, ACS_HLINE); + } +} + +/* + * Display the termination buttons + */ +static void +print_buttons( WINDOW *dialog, int height, int width, int selected) +{ + int x = width / 2 - 11; + int y = height - 2; + + print_button (dialog, "Select", y, x, selected == 0); + print_button (dialog, " Help ", y, x + 14, selected == 1); + + wmove(dialog, y, x+1 + 14*selected); + wrefresh (dialog); +} + +/* + * Display a dialog box with a list of options that can be turned on or off + * The `flag' parameter is used to select between radiolist and checklist. + */ +int +dialog_checklist (const char *title, const char *prompt, int height, int width, + int list_height, int item_no, struct dialog_list_item ** items, + int flag) + +{ + int i, x, y, box_x, box_y; + int key = 0, button = 0, choice = 0, scroll = 0, max_choice, *status; + WINDOW *dialog, *list; + + checkflag = flag; + + /* Allocate space for storing item on/off status */ + if ((status = malloc (sizeof (int) * item_no)) == NULL) { + endwin (); + fprintf (stderr, + "\nCan't allocate memory in dialog_checklist().\n"); + exit (-1); + } + + /* Initializes status */ + for (i = 0; i < item_no; i++) { + status[i] = (items[i]->selected == 1); /* ON */ + if ((!choice && status[i]) || items[i]->selected == 2) /* SELECTED */ + choice = i + 1; + } + if (choice) + choice--; + + max_choice = MIN (list_height, item_no); + + /* center dialog box on screen */ + x = (COLS - width) / 2; + y = (LINES - height) / 2; + + draw_shadow (stdscr, y, x, height, width); + + dialog = newwin (height, width, y, x); + keypad (dialog, TRUE); + + draw_box (dialog, 0, 0, height, width, dialog_attr, border_attr); + wattrset (dialog, border_attr); + mvwaddch (dialog, height-3, 0, ACS_LTEE); + for (i = 0; i < width - 2; i++) + waddch (dialog, ACS_HLINE); + wattrset (dialog, dialog_attr); + waddch (dialog, ACS_RTEE); + + if (title != NULL && strlen(title) >= width-2 ) { + /* truncate long title -- mec */ + char * title2 = malloc(width-2+1); + memcpy( title2, title, width-2 ); + title2[width-2] = '\0'; + title = title2; + } + + if (title != NULL) { + wattrset (dialog, title_attr); + mvwaddch (dialog, 0, (width - strlen(title))/2 - 1, ' '); + waddstr (dialog, (char *)title); + waddch (dialog, ' '); + } + + wattrset (dialog, dialog_attr); + print_autowrap (dialog, prompt, width - 2, 1, 3); + + list_width = width - 6; + box_y = height - list_height - 5; + box_x = (width - list_width) / 2 - 1; + + /* create new window for the list */ + list = subwin (dialog, list_height, list_width, y+box_y+1, x+box_x+1); + + keypad (list, TRUE); + + /* draw a box around the list items */ + draw_box (dialog, box_y, box_x, list_height + 2, list_width + 2, + menubox_border_attr, menubox_attr); + + /* Find length of longest item in order to center checklist */ + check_x = 0; + for (i = 0; i < item_no; i++) + check_x = MAX (check_x, + strlen (items[i]->name) + 4); + + check_x = (list_width - check_x) / 2; + item_x = check_x + 4; + + if (choice >= list_height) { + scroll = choice - list_height + 1; + choice -= scroll; + } + + /* Print the list */ + for (i = 0; i < max_choice; i++) { + print_item (list, items[scroll + i]->name, + status[i+scroll], i, i == choice); + } + + print_arrows(dialog, choice, item_no, scroll, + box_y, box_x + check_x + 5, list_height); + + print_buttons(dialog, height, width, 0); + + wnoutrefresh (list); + wnoutrefresh (dialog); + doupdate (); + + while (key != ESC) { + key = wgetch (dialog); + + for (i = 0; i < max_choice; i++) + if (toupper(key) == toupper(items[scroll + i]->name[0])) + break; + + + if ( i < max_choice || key == KEY_UP || key == KEY_DOWN || + key == '+' || key == '-' ) { + if (key == KEY_UP || key == '-') { + if (!choice) { + if (!scroll) + continue; + /* Scroll list down */ + if (list_height > 1) { + /* De-highlight current first item */ + print_item (list, items[scroll]->name, + status[scroll], 0, FALSE); + scrollok (list, TRUE); + wscrl (list, -1); + scrollok (list, FALSE); + } + scroll--; + print_item (list, items[scroll]->name, + status[scroll], 0, TRUE); + wnoutrefresh (list); + + print_arrows(dialog, choice, item_no, scroll, + box_y, box_x + check_x + 5, list_height); + + wrefresh (dialog); + + continue; /* wait for another key press */ + } else + i = choice - 1; + } else if (key == KEY_DOWN || key == '+') { + if (choice == max_choice - 1) { + if (scroll + choice >= item_no - 1) + continue; + /* Scroll list up */ + if (list_height > 1) { + /* De-highlight current last item before scrolling up */ + print_item (list, items[scroll + max_choice - 1]->name, + status[scroll + max_choice - 1], + max_choice - 1, FALSE); + scrollok (list, TRUE); + scroll (list); + scrollok (list, FALSE); + } + scroll++; + print_item (list, items[scroll + max_choice - 1]->name, + status[scroll + max_choice - 1], + max_choice - 1, TRUE); + wnoutrefresh (list); + + print_arrows(dialog, choice, item_no, scroll, + box_y, box_x + check_x + 5, list_height); + + wrefresh (dialog); + + continue; /* wait for another key press */ + } else + i = choice + 1; + } + if (i != choice) { + /* De-highlight current item */ + print_item (list, items[scroll + choice]->name, + status[scroll + choice], choice, FALSE); + /* Highlight new item */ + choice = i; + print_item (list, items[scroll + choice]->name, + status[scroll + choice], choice, TRUE); + wnoutrefresh (list); + wrefresh (dialog); + } + continue; /* wait for another key press */ + } + switch (key) { + case 'H': + case 'h': + case '?': + for (i = 0; i < item_no; i++) + items[i]->selected = 0; + items[scroll + choice]->selected = 1; + delwin (dialog); + free (status); + return 1; + case TAB: + case KEY_LEFT: + case KEY_RIGHT: + button = ((key == KEY_LEFT ? --button : ++button) < 0) + ? 1 : (button > 1 ? 0 : button); + + print_buttons(dialog, height, width, button); + wrefresh (dialog); + break; + case 'S': + case 's': + case ' ': + case '\n': + if (!button) { + if (flag == FLAG_CHECK) { + status[scroll + choice] = !status[scroll + choice]; + wmove (list, choice, check_x); + wattrset (list, check_selected_attr); + wprintw (list, "[%c]", status[scroll + choice] ? 'X' : ' '); + } else { + if (!status[scroll + choice]) { + for (i = 0; i < item_no; i++) + status[i] = 0; + status[scroll + choice] = 1; + for (i = 0; i < max_choice; i++) + print_item (list, items[scroll + i]->name, + status[scroll + i], i, i == choice); + } + } + wnoutrefresh (list); + wrefresh (dialog); + + for (i = 0; i < item_no; i++) { + items[i]->selected = status[i]; + } + } else { + for (i = 0; i < item_no; i++) + items[i]->selected = 0; + items[scroll + choice]->selected = 1; + } + delwin (dialog); + free (status); + return button; + case 'X': + case 'x': + key = ESC; + case ESC: + break; + } + + /* Now, update everything... */ + doupdate (); + } + + + delwin (dialog); + free (status); + return -1; /* ESC pressed */ +} diff --git a/config/colors.h b/config/colors.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d34dd37c6 --- /dev/null +++ b/config/colors.h @@ -0,0 +1,161 @@ +/* + * colors.h -- color attribute definitions + * + * AUTHOR: Savio Lam (lam836@cs.cuhk.hk) + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License + * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 + * of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. + */ + + +/* + * Default color definitions + * + * *_FG = foreground + * *_BG = background + * *_HL = highlight? + */ +#define SCREEN_FG COLOR_CYAN +#define SCREEN_BG COLOR_BLUE +#define SCREEN_HL TRUE + +#define SHADOW_FG COLOR_BLACK +#define SHADOW_BG COLOR_BLACK +#define SHADOW_HL TRUE + +#define DIALOG_FG COLOR_BLACK +#define DIALOG_BG COLOR_WHITE +#define DIALOG_HL FALSE + +#define TITLE_FG COLOR_YELLOW +#define TITLE_BG COLOR_WHITE +#define TITLE_HL TRUE + +#define BORDER_FG COLOR_WHITE +#define BORDER_BG COLOR_WHITE +#define BORDER_HL TRUE + +#define BUTTON_ACTIVE_FG COLOR_WHITE +#define BUTTON_ACTIVE_BG COLOR_BLUE +#define BUTTON_ACTIVE_HL TRUE + +#define BUTTON_INACTIVE_FG COLOR_BLACK +#define BUTTON_INACTIVE_BG COLOR_WHITE +#define BUTTON_INACTIVE_HL FALSE + +#define BUTTON_KEY_ACTIVE_FG COLOR_WHITE +#define BUTTON_KEY_ACTIVE_BG COLOR_BLUE +#define BUTTON_KEY_ACTIVE_HL TRUE + +#define BUTTON_KEY_INACTIVE_FG COLOR_RED +#define BUTTON_KEY_INACTIVE_BG COLOR_WHITE +#define BUTTON_KEY_INACTIVE_HL FALSE + +#define BUTTON_LABEL_ACTIVE_FG COLOR_YELLOW +#define BUTTON_LABEL_ACTIVE_BG COLOR_BLUE +#define BUTTON_LABEL_ACTIVE_HL TRUE + +#define BUTTON_LABEL_INACTIVE_FG COLOR_BLACK +#define BUTTON_LABEL_INACTIVE_BG COLOR_WHITE +#define BUTTON_LABEL_INACTIVE_HL TRUE + +#define INPUTBOX_FG COLOR_BLACK +#define INPUTBOX_BG COLOR_WHITE +#define INPUTBOX_HL FALSE + +#define INPUTBOX_BORDER_FG COLOR_BLACK +#define INPUTBOX_BORDER_BG COLOR_WHITE +#define INPUTBOX_BORDER_HL FALSE + +#define SEARCHBOX_FG COLOR_BLACK +#define SEARCHBOX_BG COLOR_WHITE +#define SEARCHBOX_HL FALSE + +#define SEARCHBOX_TITLE_FG COLOR_YELLOW +#define SEARCHBOX_TITLE_BG COLOR_WHITE +#define SEARCHBOX_TITLE_HL TRUE + +#define SEARCHBOX_BORDER_FG COLOR_WHITE +#define SEARCHBOX_BORDER_BG COLOR_WHITE +#define SEARCHBOX_BORDER_HL TRUE + +#define POSITION_INDICATOR_FG COLOR_YELLOW +#define POSITION_INDICATOR_BG COLOR_WHITE +#define POSITION_INDICATOR_HL TRUE + +#define MENUBOX_FG COLOR_BLACK +#define MENUBOX_BG COLOR_WHITE +#define MENUBOX_HL FALSE + +#define MENUBOX_BORDER_FG COLOR_WHITE +#define MENUBOX_BORDER_BG COLOR_WHITE +#define MENUBOX_BORDER_HL TRUE + +#define ITEM_FG COLOR_BLACK +#define ITEM_BG COLOR_WHITE +#define ITEM_HL FALSE + +#define ITEM_SELECTED_FG COLOR_WHITE +#define ITEM_SELECTED_BG COLOR_BLUE +#define ITEM_SELECTED_HL TRUE + +#define TAG_FG COLOR_YELLOW +#define TAG_BG COLOR_WHITE +#define TAG_HL TRUE + +#define TAG_SELECTED_FG COLOR_YELLOW +#define TAG_SELECTED_BG COLOR_BLUE +#define TAG_SELECTED_HL TRUE + +#define TAG_KEY_FG COLOR_YELLOW +#define TAG_KEY_BG COLOR_WHITE +#define TAG_KEY_HL TRUE + +#define TAG_KEY_SELECTED_FG COLOR_YELLOW +#define TAG_KEY_SELECTED_BG COLOR_BLUE +#define TAG_KEY_SELECTED_HL TRUE + +#define CHECK_FG COLOR_BLACK +#define CHECK_BG COLOR_WHITE +#define CHECK_HL FALSE + +#define CHECK_SELECTED_FG COLOR_WHITE +#define CHECK_SELECTED_BG COLOR_BLUE +#define CHECK_SELECTED_HL TRUE + +#define UARROW_FG COLOR_GREEN +#define UARROW_BG COLOR_WHITE +#define UARROW_HL TRUE + +#define DARROW_FG COLOR_GREEN +#define DARROW_BG COLOR_WHITE +#define DARROW_HL TRUE + +/* End of default color definitions */ + +#define C_ATTR(x,y) ((x ? A_BOLD : 0) | COLOR_PAIR((y))) +#define COLOR_NAME_LEN 10 +#define COLOR_COUNT 8 + +/* + * Global variables + */ + +typedef struct { + char name[COLOR_NAME_LEN]; + int value; +} color_names_st; + +extern color_names_st color_names[]; +extern int color_table[][3]; diff --git a/config/conf.c b/config/conf.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..08e2895d8 --- /dev/null +++ b/config/conf.c @@ -0,0 +1,601 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2002 Roman Zippel + * Released under the terms of the GNU GPL v2.0. + */ + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#define LKC_DIRECT_LINK +#include "lkc.h" + +extern int output_mode; + +static void conf(struct menu *menu); +static void check_conf(struct menu *menu); + +enum { + ask_all, + ask_new, + ask_silent, + set_default, + set_yes, + set_mod, + ask_mod, + set_no, + set_random +} input_mode = ask_all; +char *defconfig_file; + +static int indent = 1; +static int valid_stdin = 1; +static int conf_cnt; +static int press_enter = 0; +static char line[128]; +static struct menu *rootEntry; + +static char nohelp_text[] = "Sorry, no help available for this option yet.\n"; + +static void strip(char *str) +{ + char *p = str; + int l; + + while ((isspace(*p))) + p++; + l = strlen(p); + if (p != str) + memmove(str, p, l + 1); + if (!l) + return; + p = str + l - 1; + while ((isspace(*p))) + *p-- = 0; +} + +static void check_stdin(void) +{ + if (!valid_stdin && input_mode == ask_silent && !press_enter) { + printf("aborted!\n\n"); + printf("Console input/output is redirected. "); + printf("Run 'make oldconfig' to update configuration.\n\n"); + exit(1); + } +} + +static void conf_askvalue(struct symbol *sym, const char *def) +{ + enum symbol_type type = sym_get_type(sym); + tristate val; + + if (!sym_has_value(sym)) + printf("(NEW) "); + + line[0] = '\n'; + line[1] = 0; + + if (!sym_is_changable(sym)) { + printf("%s\n", def); + line[0] = '\n'; + line[1] = 0; + return; + } + + switch (input_mode) { + case ask_new: + case ask_silent: + if (sym_has_value(sym) || + (output_mode && !(sym->flags & SYMBOL_WRITE))) { + printf("%s\n", def); + return; + } + check_stdin(); + case ask_all: + fflush(stdout); + fgets(line, 128, stdin); + return; + case set_default: + printf("%s\n", def); + return; + default: + break; + } + + switch (type) { + case S_INT: + case S_HEX: + case S_STRING: + printf("%s\n", def); + return; + default: + ; + } + switch (input_mode) { + case set_yes: + if (sym_tristate_within_range(sym, yes)) { + line[0] = 'y'; + line[1] = '\n'; + line[2] = 0; + break; + } + case ask_mod: + case set_mod: + if (type == S_TRISTATE) { + if (sym_tristate_within_range(sym, mod)) { + line[0] = 'm'; + line[1] = '\n'; + line[2] = 0; + break; + } + } else { + if (sym_tristate_within_range(sym, yes)) { + line[0] = 'y'; + line[1] = '\n'; + line[2] = 0; + break; + } + } + case set_no: + if (sym_tristate_within_range(sym, no)) { + line[0] = 'n'; + line[1] = '\n'; + line[2] = 0; + break; + } + case set_random: + do { + val = (tristate)(random() % 3); + } while (!sym_tristate_within_range(sym, val)); + switch (val) { + case no: line[0] = 'n'; break; + case mod: line[0] = 'm'; break; + case yes: line[0] = 'y'; break; + } + line[1] = '\n'; + line[2] = 0; + break; + default: + break; + } + printf("%s", line); +} + +int conf_string(struct menu *menu) +{ + struct symbol *sym = menu->sym; + const char *def, *help; + + while (1) { + printf("%*s%s ", indent - 1, "", menu->prompt->text); + printf("(%s) ", sym->name); + def = sym_get_string_value(sym); + if (sym_get_string_value(sym)) + printf("[%s] ", def); + conf_askvalue(sym, def); + switch (line[0]) { + case '\n': + break; + case '?': + /* print help */ + if (line[1] == '\n') { + help = nohelp_text; + if (menu->sym->help) + help = menu->sym->help; + printf("\n%s\n", menu->sym->help); + def = NULL; + break; + } + default: + line[strlen(line)-1] = 0; + def = line; + } + if (def && sym_set_string_value(sym, def)) + return 0; + } +} + +static int conf_sym(struct menu *menu) +{ + struct symbol *sym = menu->sym; + int type; + tristate oldval, newval; + const char *help; + + while (1) { + printf("%*s%s ", indent - 1, "", menu->prompt->text); + if (sym->name) + printf("(%s) ", sym->name); + type = sym_get_type(sym); + putchar('['); + oldval = sym_get_tristate_value(sym); + switch (oldval) { + case no: + putchar('N'); + break; + case mod: + putchar('M'); + break; + case yes: + putchar('Y'); + break; + } + if (oldval != no && sym_tristate_within_range(sym, no)) + printf("/n"); + if (oldval != mod && sym_tristate_within_range(sym, mod)) + printf("/m"); + if (oldval != yes && sym_tristate_within_range(sym, yes)) + printf("/y"); + if (sym->help) + printf("/?"); + printf("] "); + conf_askvalue(sym, sym_get_string_value(sym)); + strip(line); + + switch (line[0]) { + case 'n': + case 'N': + newval = no; + if (!line[1] || !strcmp(&line[1], "o")) + break; + continue; + case 'm': + case 'M': + newval = mod; + if (!line[1]) + break; + continue; + case 'y': + case 'Y': + newval = yes; + if (!line[1] || !strcmp(&line[1], "es")) + break; + continue; + case 0: + newval = oldval; + break; + case '?': + goto help; + default: + continue; + } + if (sym_set_tristate_value(sym, newval)) + return 0; +help: + help = nohelp_text; + if (sym->help) + help = sym->help; + printf("\n%s\n", help); + } +} + +static int conf_choice(struct menu *menu) +{ + struct symbol *sym, *def_sym; + struct menu *child; + int type; + bool is_new; + + sym = menu->sym; + type = sym_get_type(sym); + is_new = !sym_has_value(sym); + if (sym_is_changable(sym)) { + conf_sym(menu); + sym_calc_value(sym); + switch (sym_get_tristate_value(sym)) { + case no: + return 1; + case mod: + return 0; + case yes: + break; + } + } else { + switch (sym_get_tristate_value(sym)) { + case no: + return 1; + case mod: + printf("%*s%s\n", indent - 1, "", menu_get_prompt(menu)); + return 0; + case yes: + break; + } + } + + while (1) { + int cnt, def; + + printf("%*s%s\n", indent - 1, "", menu_get_prompt(menu)); + def_sym = sym_get_choice_value(sym); + cnt = def = 0; + line[0] = '0'; + line[1] = 0; + for (child = menu->list; child; child = child->next) { + if (!menu_is_visible(child)) + continue; + if (!child->sym) { + printf("%*c %s\n", indent, '*', menu_get_prompt(child)); + continue; + } + cnt++; + if (child->sym == def_sym) { + def = cnt; + printf("%*c", indent, '>'); + } else + printf("%*c", indent, ' '); + printf(" %d. %s", cnt, menu_get_prompt(child)); + if (child->sym->name) + printf(" (%s)", child->sym->name); + if (!sym_has_value(child->sym)) + printf(" (NEW)"); + printf("\n"); + } + printf("%*schoice", indent - 1, ""); + if (cnt == 1) { + printf("[1]: 1\n"); + goto conf_childs; + } + printf("[1-%d", cnt); + if (sym->help) + printf("?"); + printf("]: "); + switch (input_mode) { + case ask_new: + case ask_silent: + if (!is_new) { + cnt = def; + printf("%d\n", cnt); + break; + } + check_stdin(); + case ask_all: + fflush(stdout); + fgets(line, 128, stdin); + strip(line); + if (line[0] == '?') { + printf("\n%s\n", menu->sym->help ? + menu->sym->help : nohelp_text); + continue; + } + if (!line[0]) + cnt = def; + else if (isdigit(line[0])) + cnt = atoi(line); + else + continue; + break; + case set_random: + def = (random() % cnt) + 1; + case set_default: + case set_yes: + case set_mod: + case set_no: + case ask_mod: + cnt = def; + printf("%d\n", cnt); + break; + } + + conf_childs: + for (child = menu->list; child; child = child->next) { + if (!child->sym || !menu_is_visible(child)) + continue; + if (!--cnt) + break; + } + if (!child) + continue; + if (line[strlen(line) - 1] == '?') { + printf("\n%s\n", child->sym->help ? + child->sym->help : nohelp_text); + continue; + } + sym_set_choice_value(sym, child->sym); + if (child->list) { + indent += 2; + conf(child->list); + indent -= 2; + } + return 1; + } +} + +static void conf(struct menu *menu) +{ + struct symbol *sym; + struct property *prop; + struct menu *child; + + if (!menu_is_visible(menu)) + return; + + sym = menu->sym; + prop = menu->prompt; + if (prop) { + const char *prompt; + + switch (prop->type) { + case P_MENU: + if (input_mode == ask_silent && rootEntry != menu) { + check_conf(menu); + return; + } + case P_COMMENT: + prompt = menu_get_prompt(menu); + if (prompt) + printf("%*c\n%*c %s\n%*c\n", + indent, '*', + indent, '*', prompt, + indent, '*'); + default: + ; + } + } + + if (!sym) + goto conf_childs; + + if (sym_is_choice(sym)) { + conf_choice(menu); + if (sym->curr.tri != mod) + return; + goto conf_childs; + } + + switch (sym->type) { + case S_INT: + case S_HEX: + case S_STRING: + conf_string(menu); + break; + default: + conf_sym(menu); + break; + } + +conf_childs: + if (sym) + indent += 2; + for (child = menu->list; child; child = child->next) + conf(child); + if (sym) + indent -= 2; +} + +static void check_conf(struct menu *menu) +{ + struct symbol *sym; + struct menu *child; + + if (!menu_is_visible(menu)) + return; + + sym = menu->sym; + if (sym) { + if (sym_is_changable(sym) && !sym_has_value(sym)) { + if (!conf_cnt++) + printf("*\n* Restart config...\n*\n"); + rootEntry = menu_get_parent_menu(menu); + conf(rootEntry); + } + if (sym_is_choice(sym) && sym_get_tristate_value(sym) != mod) + return; + } + + for (child = menu->list; child; child = child->next) + check_conf(child); +} + +int main(int ac, char **av) +{ + int i = 1; + const char *name; + struct stat tmpstat; + + if (ac > i && av[i][0] == '-') { + switch (av[i++][1]) { + case 'A': + output_mode = 1; + /* FALLTHROUGH */ + case 'o': + input_mode = ask_new; + break; + case 'a': + input_mode = ask_new; + press_enter = 1; + break; + case 's': + input_mode = ask_silent; + valid_stdin = isatty(0) && isatty(1) && isatty(2); + break; + case 'd': + input_mode = set_default; + break; + case 'D': + input_mode = set_default; + defconfig_file = av[i++]; + if (!defconfig_file) { + printf("%s: No default config file specified\n", + av[0]); + exit(1); + } + break; + case 'n': + input_mode = set_no; + break; + case 'M': + input_mode = ask_mod; + break; + case 'm': + input_mode = set_mod; + break; + case 'y': + input_mode = set_yes; + break; + case 'r': + input_mode = set_random; + srandom(time(NULL)); + break; + case 'h': + case '?': + printf("%s [-o|-s] config\n", av[0]); + exit(0); + } + } + name = av[i]; + if (!name) { + printf("%s: configuration file missing\n", av[0]); + } + conf_parse(name); + //zconfdump(stdout); + switch (input_mode) { + case set_default: + if (!defconfig_file) + defconfig_file = conf_get_default_confname(); + if (conf_read(defconfig_file)) { + printf("***\n" + "*** Can't find default configuration \"%s\"!\n" + "***\n", defconfig_file); + exit(1); + } + break; + case ask_silent: + if (stat(".config", &tmpstat)) { + printf("***\n" + "*** You have not yet configured OpenADK!\n" + "***\n" + "*** Please run some configurator (e.g. \"make oldconfig\" or\n" + "*** \"make menuconfig\" or \"make config\").\n" + "***\n"); + exit(1); + } + case ask_all: + case ask_new: + case ask_mod: + conf_read(NULL); + break; + default: + break; + } + + if (input_mode != ask_silent) { + rootEntry = &rootmenu; + conf(&rootmenu); + if (input_mode == ask_all) { + input_mode = ask_silent; + valid_stdin = 1; + } + } + do { + conf_cnt = 0; + check_conf(&rootmenu); + } while (conf_cnt); + if (conf_write(NULL)) { + fprintf(stderr, "\n*** Error during writing of the OpenADK configuration.\n\n"); + return 1; + } + return 0; +} diff --git a/config/confdata.c b/config/confdata.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3bebe2c22 --- /dev/null +++ b/config/confdata.c @@ -0,0 +1,449 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2002 Roman Zippel + * Released under the terms of the GNU GPL v2.0. + */ + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#define LKC_DIRECT_LINK +#include "lkc.h" + +int output_mode = 0; + +const char conf_def_filename[] = ".config"; + +const char conf_defname[] = "Config.default"; + +const char *conf_confnames[] = { + ".config", + conf_defname, + NULL, +}; + +static char *conf_expand_value(const char *in) +{ + struct symbol *sym; + const char *src; + static char res_value[SYMBOL_MAXLENGTH]; + char *dst, name[SYMBOL_MAXLENGTH]; + + res_value[0] = 0; + dst = name; + while ((src = strchr(in, '$'))) { + strncat(res_value, in, src - in); + src++; + dst = name; + while (isalnum(*src) || *src == '_') + *dst++ = *src++; + *dst = 0; + sym = sym_lookup(name, 0); + sym_calc_value(sym); + strcat(res_value, sym_get_string_value(sym)); + in = src; + } + strcat(res_value, in); + + return res_value; +} + +char *conf_get_default_confname(void) +{ + struct stat buf; + static char fullname[PATH_MAX+1]; + char *env, *name; + + name = conf_expand_value(conf_defname); + env = getenv(SRCTREE); + if (env) { + sprintf(fullname, "%s/%s", env, name); + if (!stat(fullname, &buf)) + return fullname; + } + return name; +} + +int conf_read(const char *name) +{ + FILE *in = NULL; + char line[2048]; + char *p, *p2; + int lineno = 0; + struct symbol *sym; + struct property *prop; + struct expr *e; + int i; + + if (name) { + in = zconf_fopen(name); + } else { + const char **names = conf_confnames; + while ((name = *names++)) { + name = conf_expand_value(name); + in = zconf_fopen(name); + if (in) { + printf("#\n" + "# using defaults found in %s\n" + "#\n", name); + break; + } + } + } + + if (!in) + return 1; + + for_all_symbols(i, sym) { + sym->flags |= SYMBOL_NEW | SYMBOL_CHANGED; + sym->flags &= ~SYMBOL_VALID; + switch (sym->type) { + case S_INT: + case S_HEX: + case S_STRING: + if (sym->user.val) + free(sym->user.val); + default: + sym->user.val = NULL; + sym->user.tri = no; + } + } + + while (fgets(line, sizeof(line), in)) { + lineno++; + sym = NULL; + switch (line[0]) { + case '#': + if (line[1]!=' ') + continue; + p = strchr(line + 2, ' '); + if (!p) + continue; + *p++ = 0; + if (strncmp(p, "is not set", 10)) + continue; + sym = sym_find(line + 2); + if (!sym) { + fprintf(stderr, "%s:%d: trying to assign nonexistent symbol %s\n", name, lineno, line + 2); + break; + } + switch (sym->type) { + case S_BOOLEAN: + case S_TRISTATE: + sym->user.tri = no; + sym->flags &= ~SYMBOL_NEW; + break; + default: + ; + } + break; + + case 'A' ... 'Z': + p = strchr(line, '='); + if (!p) + continue; + *p++ = 0; + p2 = strchr(p, '\n'); + if (p2) + *p2 = 0; + sym = sym_find(line); + if (!sym) { + fprintf(stderr, "%s:%d: trying to assign nonexistent symbol %s\n", name, lineno, line); + break; + } + switch (sym->type) { + case S_TRISTATE: + if (p[0] == 'm') { + sym->user.tri = mod; + sym->flags &= ~SYMBOL_NEW; + break; + } + case S_BOOLEAN: + if (p[0] == 'y') { + sym->user.tri = yes; + sym->flags &= ~SYMBOL_NEW; + break; + } + if (p[0] == 'n') { + sym->user.tri = no; + sym->flags &= ~SYMBOL_NEW; + break; + } + break; + case S_STRING: + if (*p++ != '"') + break; + for (p2 = p; (p2 = strpbrk(p2, "\"\\")); p2++) { + if (*p2 == '"') { + *p2 = 0; + break; + } + memmove(p2, p2 + 1, strlen(p2)); + } + if (!p2) { + fprintf(stderr, "%s:%d: invalid string found\n", name, lineno); + exit(1); + } + case S_INT: + case S_HEX: + if (sym_string_valid(sym, p)) { + sym->user.val = strdup(p); + sym->flags &= ~SYMBOL_NEW; + } else { + fprintf(stderr, "%s:%d: symbol value '%s' invalid for %s\n", name, lineno, p, sym->name); + exit(1); + } + break; + default: + ; + } + break; + case '\n': + break; + default: + continue; + } + if (sym && sym_is_choice_value(sym)) { + struct symbol *cs = prop_get_symbol(sym_get_choice_prop(sym)); + switch (sym->user.tri) { + case no: + break; + case mod: + if (cs->user.tri == yes) + /* warn? */; + break; + case yes: + if (cs->user.tri != no) + /* warn? */; + cs->user.val = sym; + break; + } + cs->user.tri = E_OR(cs->user.tri, sym->user.tri); + cs->flags &= ~SYMBOL_NEW; + } + } + fclose(in); + + if (modules_sym) + sym_calc_value(modules_sym); + for_all_symbols(i, sym) { + sym_calc_value(sym); + if (sym_has_value(sym) && !sym_is_choice_value(sym)) { + if (sym->visible == no) + sym->flags |= SYMBOL_NEW; + switch (sym->type) { + case S_STRING: + case S_INT: + case S_HEX: + if (!sym_string_within_range(sym, sym->user.val)) + sym->flags |= SYMBOL_NEW; + default: + break; + } + } + if (!sym_is_choice(sym)) + continue; + prop = sym_get_choice_prop(sym); + for (e = prop->expr; e; e = e->left.expr) + if (e->right.sym->visible != no) + sym->flags |= e->right.sym->flags & SYMBOL_NEW; + } + + sym_change_count = 1; + + return 0; +} + +int conf_write(const char *name) +{ + FILE *out, *out_h; + struct symbol *sym; + struct menu *menu; + const char *basename; + char dirname[128], tmpname[128], newname[128]; + int type, l; + const char *str; + + dirname[0] = 0; + if (name && name[0]) { + struct stat st; + char *slash; + + if (!stat(name, &st) && S_ISDIR(st.st_mode)) { + strcpy(dirname, name); + strcat(dirname, "/"); + basename = conf_def_filename; + } else if ((slash = strrchr(name, '/'))) { + int size = slash - name + 1; + memcpy(dirname, name, size); + dirname[size] = 0; + if (slash[1]) + basename = slash + 1; + else + basename = conf_def_filename; + } else + basename = name; + } else + basename = conf_def_filename; + + sprintf(newname, "%s.tmpconfig.%d", dirname, getpid()); + out = fopen(newname, "w"); + if (!out) + return 1; + out_h = NULL; + if (!name) { + out_h = fopen(".tmpconfig.h", "w"); + if (!out_h) + return 1; + } + fprintf(out, "#\n" + "# Automatically generated make config: don't edit\n" + "#\n"); + if (out_h) { + fprintf(out_h, "/*\n" + " * Automatically generated header file: don't edit\n" + " */\n\n" + "#define AUTOCONF_INCLUDED\n\n" + "/* Version Number */\n" + "#define BB_VER \"%s\"\n" + "#define BB_BT \"%s\"\n", + getenv("VERSION"), + getenv("BUILDTIME")); + if (getenv("EXTRA_VERSION")) + fprintf(out_h, "#define BB_EXTRA_VERSION \"%s\"\n", + getenv("EXTRA_VERSION")); + fprintf(out_h, "\n"); + } + + if (!sym_change_count) + sym_clear_all_valid(); + + menu = rootmenu.list; + while (menu) { + sym = menu->sym; + if (!sym) { + if (!menu_is_visible(menu)) + goto next; + str = menu_get_prompt(menu); + fprintf(out, "\n" + "#\n" + "# %s\n" + "#\n", str); + if (out_h) + fprintf(out_h, "\n" + "/*\n" + " * %s\n" + " */\n", str); + } else if (!(sym->flags & SYMBOL_CHOICE)) { + sym_calc_value(sym); + if (!(sym->flags & SYMBOL_WRITE) && !output_mode) + goto next; + sym->flags &= ~SYMBOL_WRITE; + type = sym->type; + if (type == S_TRISTATE) { + sym_calc_value(modules_sym); + if (modules_sym->curr.tri == no) + type = S_BOOLEAN; + } + switch (type) { + case S_BOOLEAN: + case S_TRISTATE: + switch (sym_get_tristate_value(sym)) { + case no: + fprintf(out, "# %s is not set\n", sym->name); + if (out_h) + fprintf(out_h, "#undef %s\n", sym->name); + break; + case mod: + fprintf(out, "%s=m\n", sym->name); +#if 0 + if (out_h) + fprintf(out_h, "#define %s_MODULE 1\n", sym->name); +#endif + break; + case yes: + fprintf(out, "%s=y\n", sym->name); + if (out_h) + fprintf(out_h, "#define %s 1\n", sym->name); + break; + } + break; + case S_STRING: + // fix me + str = sym_get_string_value(sym); + fprintf(out, "%s=\"", sym->name); + if (out_h) + fprintf(out_h, "#define %s \"", sym->name); + do { + l = strcspn(str, "\"\\"); + if (l) { + fwrite(str, l, 1, out); + if (out_h) + fwrite(str, l, 1, out_h); + } + str += l; + while (*str == '\\' || *str == '"') { + fprintf(out, "\\%c", *str); + if (out_h) + fprintf(out_h, "\\%c", *str); + str++; + } + } while (*str); + fputs("\"\n", out); + if (out_h) + fputs("\"\n", out_h); + break; + case S_HEX: + str = sym_get_string_value(sym); + if (str[0] != '0' || (str[1] != 'x' && str[1] != 'X')) { + fprintf(out, "%s=%s\n", sym->name, str); + if (out_h) + fprintf(out_h, "#define %s 0x%s\n", sym->name, str); + break; + } + case S_INT: + str = sym_get_string_value(sym); + fprintf(out, "%s=%s\n", sym->name, str); + if (out_h) + fprintf(out_h, "#define %s %s\n", sym->name, str); + break; + } + } + + next: + if (menu->list) { + menu = menu->list; + continue; + } + if (menu->next) + menu = menu->next; + else while ((menu = menu->parent)) { + if (menu->next) { + menu = menu->next; + break; + } + } + } + fclose(out); + if (out_h) { + fclose(out_h); + rename(".tmpconfig.h", "include/config.h"); + file_write_dep(NULL); + } + if (!name || basename != conf_def_filename) { + if (!name) + name = conf_def_filename; + sprintf(tmpname, "%s.old", name); + rename(name, tmpname); + } + sprintf(tmpname, "%s%s", dirname, basename); + if (rename(newname, tmpname)) + return 1; + + sym_change_count = 0; + + return 0; +} diff --git a/config/dialog.h b/config/dialog.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6486cc8f7 --- /dev/null +++ b/config/dialog.h @@ -0,0 +1,196 @@ + +/* + * dialog.h -- common declarations for all dialog modules + * + * AUTHOR: Savio Lam (lam836@cs.cuhk.hk) + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License + * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 + * of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. + */ + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#ifdef CURSES_LOC +#include CURSES_LOC + +/* + * Colors in ncurses 1.9.9e do not work properly since foreground and + * background colors are OR'd rather than separately masked. This version + * of dialog was hacked to work with ncurses 1.9.9e, making it incompatible + * with standard curses. The simplest fix (to make this work with standard + * curses) uses the wbkgdset() function, not used in the original hack. + * Turn it off if we're building with 1.9.9e, since it just confuses things. + */ +#if defined(NCURSES_VERSION) && defined(_NEED_WRAP) && !defined(GCC_PRINTFLIKE) +#define OLD_NCURSES 1 +#undef wbkgdset +#define wbkgdset(w,p) /*nothing*/ +#else +#define OLD_NCURSES 0 +#endif + +#define TR(params) _tracef params + +#define ESC 27 +#define TAB 9 +#define MAX_LEN 2048 +#define BUF_SIZE (10*1024) +#define MIN(x,y) (x < y ? x : y) +#define MAX(x,y) (x > y ? x : y) + + +#ifndef ACS_ULCORNER +#define ACS_ULCORNER '+' +#endif +#ifndef ACS_LLCORNER +#define ACS_LLCORNER '+' +#endif +#ifndef ACS_URCORNER +#define ACS_URCORNER '+' +#endif +#ifndef ACS_LRCORNER +#define ACS_LRCORNER '+' +#endif +#ifndef ACS_HLINE +#define ACS_HLINE '-' +#endif +#ifndef ACS_VLINE +#define ACS_VLINE '|' +#endif +#ifndef ACS_LTEE +#define ACS_LTEE '+' +#endif +#ifndef ACS_RTEE +#define ACS_RTEE '+' +#endif +#ifndef ACS_UARROW +#define ACS_UARROW '^' +#endif +#ifndef ACS_DARROW +#define ACS_DARROW 'v' +#endif + +/* + * Attribute names + */ +#define screen_attr attributes[0] +#define shadow_attr attributes[1] +#define dialog_attr attributes[2] +#define title_attr attributes[3] +#define border_attr attributes[4] +#define button_active_attr attributes[5] +#define button_inactive_attr attributes[6] +#define button_key_active_attr attributes[7] +#define button_key_inactive_attr attributes[8] +#define button_label_active_attr attributes[9] +#define button_label_inactive_attr attributes[10] +#define inputbox_attr attributes[11] +#define inputbox_border_attr attributes[12] +#define searchbox_attr attributes[13] +#define searchbox_title_attr attributes[14] +#define searchbox_border_attr attributes[15] +#define position_indicator_attr attributes[16] +#define menubox_attr attributes[17] +#define menubox_border_attr attributes[18] +#define item_attr attributes[19] +#define item_selected_attr attributes[20] +#define tag_attr attributes[21] +#define tag_selected_attr attributes[22] +#define tag_key_attr attributes[23] +#define tag_key_selected_attr attributes[24] +#define check_attr attributes[25] +#define check_selected_attr attributes[26] +#define uarrow_attr attributes[27] +#define darrow_attr attributes[28] + +/* number of attributes */ +#define ATTRIBUTE_COUNT 29 + +/* + * Global variables + */ +extern bool use_colors; + +extern chtype attributes[]; +#endif + +extern char *backtitle; + +struct dialog_list_item { + char *name; + int namelen; + char *tag; + int selected; /* Set to 1 by dialog_*() function. */ +}; + +/* + * Function prototypes + */ + +void init_dialog (void); +void end_dialog (void); +void dialog_clear (void); +#ifdef CURSES_LOC +void attr_clear (WINDOW * win, int height, int width, chtype attr); +void color_setup (void); +void print_autowrap (WINDOW * win, const char *prompt, int width, int y, int x); +void print_button (WINDOW * win, const char *label, int y, int x, int selected); +void draw_box (WINDOW * win, int y, int x, int height, int width, chtype box, + chtype border); +void draw_shadow (WINDOW * win, int y, int x, int height, int width); +#endif + +int first_alpha (const char *string, const char *exempt); +int dialog_yesno (const char *title, const char *prompt, int height, int width); +int dialog_msgbox (const char *title, const char *prompt, int height, + int width, int pause); +int dialog_textbox (const char *title, const char *file, int height, int width); +int dialog_menu (const char *title, const char *prompt, int height, int width, + int menu_height, const char *choice, int item_no, + struct dialog_list_item ** items); +int dialog_checklist (const char *title, const char *prompt, int height, + int width, int list_height, int item_no, + struct dialog_list_item ** items, int flag); +extern unsigned char dialog_input_result[]; +int dialog_inputbox (const char *title, const char *prompt, int height, + int width, const char *init); + +struct dialog_list_item *first_sel_item(int item_no, + struct dialog_list_item ** items); + +/* + * This is the base for fictitious keys, which activate + * the buttons. + * + * Mouse-generated keys are the following: + * -- the first 32 are used as numbers, in addition to '0'-'9' + * -- the lowercase are used to signal mouse-enter events (M_EVENT + 'o') + * -- uppercase chars are used to invoke the button (M_EVENT + 'O') + */ +#ifdef CURSES_LOC +#define M_EVENT (KEY_MAX+1) +#endif + + +/* + * The `flag' parameter in checklist is used to select between + * radiolist and checklist + */ +#define FLAG_CHECK 1 +#define FLAG_RADIO 0 diff --git a/config/expr.c b/config/expr.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..10f45232b --- /dev/null +++ b/config/expr.c @@ -0,0 +1,1089 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2002 Roman Zippel + * Released under the terms of the GNU GPL v2.0. + */ + +#include +#include +#include + +#define LKC_DIRECT_LINK +#include "lkc.h" + +#define DEBUG_EXPR 0 + +struct expr *expr_alloc_symbol(struct symbol *sym) +{ + struct expr *e = malloc(sizeof(*e)); + memset(e, 0, sizeof(*e)); + e->type = E_SYMBOL; + e->left.sym = sym; + return e; +} + +struct expr *expr_alloc_one(enum expr_type type, struct expr *ce) +{ + struct expr *e = malloc(sizeof(*e)); + memset(e, 0, sizeof(*e)); + e->type = type; + e->left.expr = ce; + return e; +} + +struct expr *expr_alloc_two(enum expr_type type, struct expr *e1, struct expr *e2) +{ + struct expr *e = malloc(sizeof(*e)); + memset(e, 0, sizeof(*e)); + e->type = type; + e->left.expr = e1; + e->right.expr = e2; + return e; +} + +struct expr *expr_alloc_comp(enum expr_type type, struct symbol *s1, struct symbol *s2) +{ + struct expr *e = malloc(sizeof(*e)); + memset(e, 0, sizeof(*e)); + e->type = type; + e->left.sym = s1; + e->right.sym = s2; + return e; +} + +struct expr *expr_alloc_and(struct expr *e1, struct expr *e2) +{ + if (!e1) + return e2; + return e2 ? expr_alloc_two(E_AND, e1, e2) : e1; +} + +struct expr *expr_alloc_or(struct expr *e1, struct expr *e2) +{ + if (!e1) + return e2; + return e2 ? expr_alloc_two(E_OR, e1, e2) : e1; +} + +struct expr *expr_copy(struct expr *org) +{ + struct expr *e; + + if (!org) + return NULL; + + e = malloc(sizeof(*org)); + memcpy(e, org, sizeof(*org)); + switch (org->type) { + case E_SYMBOL: + e->left = org->left; + break; + case E_NOT: + e->left.expr = expr_copy(org->left.expr); + break; + case E_EQUAL: + case E_UNEQUAL: + e->left.sym = org->left.sym; + e->right.sym = org->right.sym; + break; + case E_AND: + case E_OR: + case E_CHOICE: + e->left.expr = expr_copy(org->left.expr); + e->right.expr = expr_copy(org->right.expr); + break; + default: + printf("can't copy type %d\n", e->type); + free(e); + e = NULL; + break; + } + + return e; +} + +void expr_free(struct expr *e) +{ + if (!e) + return; + + switch (e->type) { + case E_SYMBOL: + break; + case E_NOT: + expr_free(e->left.expr); + return; + case E_EQUAL: + case E_UNEQUAL: + break; + case E_OR: + case E_AND: + expr_free(e->left.expr); + expr_free(e->right.expr); + break; + default: + printf("how to free type %d?\n", e->type); + break; + } + free(e); +} + +static int trans_count; + +#define e1 (*ep1) +#define e2 (*ep2) + +static void __expr_eliminate_eq(enum expr_type type, struct expr **ep1, struct expr **ep2) +{ + if (e1->type == type) { + __expr_eliminate_eq(type, &e1->left.expr, &e2); + __expr_eliminate_eq(type, &e1->right.expr, &e2); + return; + } + if (e2->type == type) { + __expr_eliminate_eq(type, &e1, &e2->left.expr); + __expr_eliminate_eq(type, &e1, &e2->right.expr); + return; + } + if (e1->type == E_SYMBOL && e2->type == E_SYMBOL && + e1->left.sym == e2->left.sym && (e1->left.sym->flags & (SYMBOL_YES|SYMBOL_NO))) + return; + if (!expr_eq(e1, e2)) + return; + trans_count++; + expr_free(e1); expr_free(e2); + switch (type) { + case E_OR: + e1 = expr_alloc_symbol(&symbol_no); + e2 = expr_alloc_symbol(&symbol_no); + break; + case E_AND: + e1 = expr_alloc_symbol(&symbol_yes); + e2 = expr_alloc_symbol(&symbol_yes); + break; + default: + ; + } +} + +void expr_eliminate_eq(struct expr **ep1, struct expr **ep2) +{ + if (!e1 || !e2) + return; + switch (e1->type) { + case E_OR: + case E_AND: + __expr_eliminate_eq(e1->type, ep1, ep2); + default: + ; + } + if (e1->type != e2->type) switch (e2->type) { + case E_OR: + case E_AND: + __expr_eliminate_eq(e2->type, ep1, ep2); + default: + ; + } + e1 = expr_eliminate_yn(e1); + e2 = expr_eliminate_yn(e2); +} + +#undef e1 +#undef e2 + +int expr_eq(struct expr *e1, struct expr *e2) +{ + int res, old_count; + + if (e1->type != e2->type) + return 0; + switch (e1->type) { + case E_EQUAL: + case E_UNEQUAL: + return e1->left.sym == e2->left.sym && e1->right.sym == e2->right.sym; + case E_SYMBOL: + return e1->left.sym == e2->left.sym; + case E_NOT: + return expr_eq(e1->left.expr, e2->left.expr); + case E_AND: + case E_OR: + e1 = expr_copy(e1); + e2 = expr_copy(e2); + old_count = trans_count; + expr_eliminate_eq(&e1, &e2); + res = (e1->type == E_SYMBOL && e2->type == E_SYMBOL && + e1->left.sym == e2->left.sym); + expr_free(e1); + expr_free(e2); + trans_count = old_count; + return res; + case E_CHOICE: + case E_RANGE: + case E_NONE: + /* panic */; + } + + if (DEBUG_EXPR) { + expr_fprint(e1, stdout); + printf(" = "); + expr_fprint(e2, stdout); + printf(" ?\n"); + } + + return 0; +} + +struct expr *expr_eliminate_yn(struct expr *e) +{ + struct expr *tmp; + + if (e) switch (e->type) { + case E_AND: + e->left.expr = expr_eliminate_yn(e->left.expr); + e->right.expr = expr_eliminate_yn(e->right.expr); + if (e->left.expr->type == E_SYMBOL) { + if (e->left.expr->left.sym == &symbol_no) { + expr_free(e->left.expr); + expr_free(e->right.expr); + e->type = E_SYMBOL; + e->left.sym = &symbol_no; + e->right.expr = NULL; + return e; + } else if (e->left.expr->left.sym == &symbol_yes) { + free(e->left.expr); + tmp = e->right.expr; + *e = *(e->right.expr); + free(tmp); + return e; + } + } + if (e->right.expr->type == E_SYMBOL) { + if (e->right.expr->left.sym == &symbol_no) { + expr_free(e->left.expr); + expr_free(e->right.expr); + e->type = E_SYMBOL; + e->left.sym = &symbol_no; + e->right.expr = NULL; + return e; + } else if (e->right.expr->left.sym == &symbol_yes) { + free(e->right.expr); + tmp = e->left.expr; + *e = *(e->left.expr); + free(tmp); + return e; + } + } + break; + case E_OR: + e->left.expr = expr_eliminate_yn(e->left.expr); + e->right.expr = expr_eliminate_yn(e->right.expr); + if (e->left.expr->type == E_SYMBOL) { + if (e->left.expr->left.sym == &symbol_no) { + free(e->left.expr); + tmp = e->right.expr; + *e = *(e->right.expr); + free(tmp); + return e; + } else if (e->left.expr->left.sym == &symbol_yes) { + expr_free(e->left.expr); + expr_free(e->right.expr); + e->type = E_SYMBOL; + e->left.sym = &symbol_yes; + e->right.expr = NULL; + return e; + } + } + if (e->right.expr->type == E_SYMBOL) { + if (e->right.expr->left.sym == &symbol_no) { + free(e->right.expr); + tmp = e->left.expr; + *e = *(e->left.expr); + free(tmp); + return e; + } else if (e->right.expr->left.sym == &symbol_yes) { + expr_free(e->left.expr); + expr_free(e->right.expr); + e->type = E_SYMBOL; + e->left.sym = &symbol_yes; + e->right.expr = NULL; + return e; + } + } + break; + default: + ; + } + return e; +} + +/* + * bool FOO!=n => FOO + */ +struct expr *expr_trans_bool(struct expr *e) +{ + if (!e) + return NULL; + switch (e->type) { + case E_AND: + case E_OR: + case E_NOT: + e->left.expr = expr_trans_bool(e->left.expr); + e->right.expr = expr_trans_bool(e->right.expr); + break; + case E_UNEQUAL: + // FOO!=n -> FOO + if (e->left.sym->type == S_TRISTATE) { + if (e->right.sym == &symbol_no) { + e->type = E_SYMBOL; + e->right.sym = NULL; + } + } + break; + default: + ; + } + return e; +} + +/* + * e1 || e2 -> ? + */ +struct expr *expr_join_or(struct expr *e1, struct expr *e2) +{ + struct expr *tmp; + struct symbol *sym1, *sym2; + + if (expr_eq(e1, e2)) + return expr_copy(e1); + if (e1->type != E_EQUAL && e1->type != E_UNEQUAL && e1->type != E_SYMBOL && e1->type != E_NOT) + return NULL; + if (e2->type != E_EQUAL && e2->type != E_UNEQUAL && e2->type != E_SYMBOL && e2->type != E_NOT) + return NULL; + if (e1->type == E_NOT) { + tmp = e1->left.expr; + if (tmp->type != E_EQUAL && tmp->type != E_UNEQUAL && tmp->type != E_SYMBOL) + return NULL; + sym1 = tmp->left.sym; + } else + sym1 = e1->left.sym; + if (e2->type == E_NOT) { + if (e2->left.expr->type != E_SYMBOL) + return NULL; + sym2 = e2->left.expr->left.sym; + } else + sym2 = e2->left.sym; + if (sym1 != sym2) + return NULL; + if (sym1->type != S_BOOLEAN && sym1->type != S_TRISTATE) + return NULL; + if (sym1->type == S_TRISTATE) { + if (e1->type == E_EQUAL && e2->type == E_EQUAL && + ((e1->right.sym == &symbol_yes && e2->right.sym == &symbol_mod) || + (e1->right.sym == &symbol_mod && e2->right.sym == &symbol_yes))) { + // (a='y') || (a='m') -> (a!='n') + return expr_alloc_comp(E_UNEQUAL, sym1, &symbol_no); + } + if (e1->type == E_EQUAL && e2->type == E_EQUAL && + ((e1->right.sym == &symbol_yes && e2->right.sym == &symbol_no) || + (e1->right.sym == &symbol_no && e2->right.sym == &symbol_yes))) { + // (a='y') || (a='n') -> (a!='m') + return expr_alloc_comp(E_UNEQUAL, sym1, &symbol_mod); + } + if (e1->type == E_EQUAL && e2->type == E_EQUAL && + ((e1->right.sym == &symbol_mod && e2->right.sym == &symbol_no) || + (e1->right.sym == &symbol_no && e2->right.sym == &symbol_mod))) { + // (a='m') || (a='n') -> (a!='y') + return expr_alloc_comp(E_UNEQUAL, sym1, &symbol_yes); + } + } + if (sym1->type == S_BOOLEAN && sym1 == sym2) { + if ((e1->type == E_NOT && e1->left.expr->type == E_SYMBOL && e2->type == E_SYMBOL) || + (e2->type == E_NOT && e2->left.expr->type == E_SYMBOL && e1->type == E_SYMBOL)) + return expr_alloc_symbol(&symbol_yes); + } + + if (DEBUG_EXPR) { + printf("optimize ("); + expr_fprint(e1, stdout); + printf(") || ("); + expr_fprint(e2, stdout); + printf(")?\n"); + } + return NULL; +} + +struct expr *expr_join_and(struct expr *e1, struct expr *e2) +{ + struct expr *tmp; + struct symbol *sym1, *sym2; + + if (expr_eq(e1, e2)) + return expr_copy(e1); + if (e1->type != E_EQUAL && e1->type != E_UNEQUAL && e1->type != E_SYMBOL && e1->type != E_NOT) + return NULL; + if (e2->type != E_EQUAL && e2->type != E_UNEQUAL && e2->type != E_SYMBOL && e2->type != E_NOT) + return NULL; + if (e1->type == E_NOT) { + tmp = e1->left.expr; + if (tmp->type != E_EQUAL && tmp->type != E_UNEQUAL && tmp->type != E_SYMBOL) + return NULL; + sym1 = tmp->left.sym; + } else + sym1 = e1->left.sym; + if (e2->type == E_NOT) { + if (e2->left.expr->type != E_SYMBOL) + return NULL; + sym2 = e2->left.expr->left.sym; + } else + sym2 = e2->left.sym; + if (sym1 != sym2) + return NULL; + if (sym1->type != S_BOOLEAN && sym1->type != S_TRISTATE) + return NULL; + + if ((e1->type == E_SYMBOL && e2->type == E_EQUAL && e2->right.sym == &symbol_yes) || + (e2->type == E_SYMBOL && e1->type == E_EQUAL && e1->right.sym == &symbol_yes)) + // (a) && (a='y') -> (a='y') + return expr_alloc_comp(E_EQUAL, sym1, &symbol_yes); + + if ((e1->type == E_SYMBOL && e2->type == E_UNEQUAL && e2->right.sym == &symbol_no) || + (e2->type == E_SYMBOL && e1->type == E_UNEQUAL && e1->right.sym == &symbol_no)) + // (a) && (a!='n') -> (a) + return expr_alloc_symbol(sym1); + + if ((e1->type == E_SYMBOL && e2->type == E_UNEQUAL && e2->right.sym == &symbol_mod) || + (e2->type == E_SYMBOL && e1->type == E_UNEQUAL && e1->right.sym == &symbol_mod)) + // (a) && (a!='m') -> (a='y') + return expr_alloc_comp(E_EQUAL, sym1, &symbol_yes); + + if (sym1->type == S_TRISTATE) { + if (e1->type == E_EQUAL && e2->type == E_UNEQUAL) { + // (a='b') && (a!='c') -> 'b'='c' ? 'n' : a='b' + sym2 = e1->right.sym; + if ((e2->right.sym->flags & SYMBOL_CONST) && (sym2->flags & SYMBOL_CONST)) + return sym2 != e2->right.sym ? expr_alloc_comp(E_EQUAL, sym1, sym2) + : expr_alloc_symbol(&symbol_no); + } + if (e1->type == E_UNEQUAL && e2->type == E_EQUAL) { + // (a='b') && (a!='c') -> 'b'='c' ? 'n' : a='b' + sym2 = e2->right.sym; + if ((e1->right.sym->flags & SYMBOL_CONST) && (sym2->flags & SYMBOL_CONST)) + return sym2 != e1->right.sym ? expr_alloc_comp(E_EQUAL, sym1, sym2) + : expr_alloc_symbol(&symbol_no); + } + if (e1->type == E_UNEQUAL && e2->type == E_UNEQUAL && + ((e1->right.sym == &symbol_yes && e2->right.sym == &symbol_no) || + (e1->right.sym == &symbol_no && e2->right.sym == &symbol_yes))) + // (a!='y') && (a!='n') -> (a='m') + return expr_alloc_comp(E_EQUAL, sym1, &symbol_mod); + + if (e1->type == E_UNEQUAL && e2->type == E_UNEQUAL && + ((e1->right.sym == &symbol_yes && e2->right.sym == &symbol_mod) || + (e1->right.sym == &symbol_mod && e2->right.sym == &symbol_yes))) + // (a!='y') && (a!='m') -> (a='n') + return expr_alloc_comp(E_EQUAL, sym1, &symbol_no); + + if (e1->type == E_UNEQUAL && e2->type == E_UNEQUAL && + ((e1->right.sym == &symbol_mod && e2->right.sym == &symbol_no) || + (e1->right.sym == &symbol_no && e2->right.sym == &symbol_mod))) + // (a!='m') && (a!='n') -> (a='m') + return expr_alloc_comp(E_EQUAL, sym1, &symbol_yes); + + if ((e1->type == E_SYMBOL && e2->type == E_EQUAL && e2->right.sym == &symbol_mod) || + (e2->type == E_SYMBOL && e1->type == E_EQUAL && e1->right.sym == &symbol_mod) || + (e1->type == E_SYMBOL && e2->type == E_UNEQUAL && e2->right.sym == &symbol_yes) || + (e2->type == E_SYMBOL && e1->type == E_UNEQUAL && e1->right.sym == &symbol_yes)) + return NULL; + } + + if (DEBUG_EXPR) { + printf("optimize ("); + expr_fprint(e1, stdout); + printf(") && ("); + expr_fprint(e2, stdout); + printf(")?\n"); + } + return NULL; +} + +static void expr_eliminate_dups1(enum expr_type type, struct expr **ep1, struct expr **ep2) +{ +#define e1 (*ep1) +#define e2 (*ep2) + struct expr *tmp; + + if (e1->type == type) { + expr_eliminate_dups1(type, &e1->left.expr, &e2); + expr_eliminate_dups1(type, &e1->right.expr, &e2); + return; + } + if (e2->type == type) { + expr_eliminate_dups1(type, &e1, &e2->left.expr); + expr_eliminate_dups1(type, &e1, &e2->right.expr); + return; + } + if (e1 == e2) + return; + + switch (e1->type) { + case E_OR: case E_AND: + expr_eliminate_dups1(e1->type, &e1, &e1); + default: + ; + } + + switch (type) { + case E_OR: + tmp = expr_join_or(e1, e2); + if (tmp) { + expr_free(e1); expr_free(e2); + e1 = expr_alloc_symbol(&symbol_no); + e2 = tmp; + trans_count++; + } + break; + case E_AND: + tmp = expr_join_and(e1, e2); + if (tmp) { + expr_free(e1); expr_free(e2); + e1 = expr_alloc_symbol(&symbol_yes); + e2 = tmp; + trans_count++; + } + break; + default: + ; + } +#undef e1 +#undef e2 +} + +static void expr_eliminate_dups2(enum expr_type type, struct expr **ep1, struct expr **ep2) +{ +#define e1 (*ep1) +#define e2 (*ep2) + struct expr *tmp, *tmp1, *tmp2; + + if (e1->type == type) { + expr_eliminate_dups2(type, &e1->left.expr, &e2); + expr_eliminate_dups2(type, &e1->right.expr, &e2); + return; + } + if (e2->type == type) { + expr_eliminate_dups2(type, &e1, &e2->left.expr); + expr_eliminate_dups2(type, &e1, &e2->right.expr); + } + if (e1 == e2) + return; + + switch (e1->type) { + case E_OR: + expr_eliminate_dups2(e1->type, &e1, &e1); + // (FOO || BAR) && (!FOO && !BAR) -> n + tmp1 = expr_transform(expr_alloc_one(E_NOT, expr_copy(e1))); + tmp2 = expr_copy(e2); + tmp = expr_extract_eq_and(&tmp1, &tmp2); + if (expr_is_yes(tmp1)) { + expr_free(e1); + e1 = expr_alloc_symbol(&symbol_no); + trans_count++; + } + expr_free(tmp2); + expr_free(tmp1); + expr_free(tmp); + break; + case E_AND: + expr_eliminate_dups2(e1->type, &e1, &e1); + // (FOO && BAR) || (!FOO || !BAR) -> y + tmp1 = expr_transform(expr_alloc_one(E_NOT, expr_copy(e1))); + tmp2 = expr_copy(e2); + tmp = expr_extract_eq_or(&tmp1, &tmp2); + if (expr_is_no(tmp1)) { + expr_free(e1); + e1 = expr_alloc_symbol(&symbol_yes); + trans_count++; + } + expr_free(tmp2); + expr_free(tmp1); + expr_free(tmp); + break; + default: + ; + } +#undef e1 +#undef e2 +} + +struct expr *expr_eliminate_dups(struct expr *e) +{ + int oldcount; + if (!e) + return e; + + oldcount = trans_count; + while (1) { + trans_count = 0; + switch (e->type) { + case E_OR: case E_AND: + expr_eliminate_dups1(e->type, &e, &e); + expr_eliminate_dups2(e->type, &e, &e); + default: + ; + } + if (!trans_count) + break; + e = expr_eliminate_yn(e); + } + trans_count = oldcount; + return e; +} + +struct expr *expr_transform(struct expr *e) +{ + struct expr *tmp; + + if (!e) + return NULL; + switch (e->type) { + case E_EQUAL: + case E_UNEQUAL: + case E_SYMBOL: + case E_CHOICE: + break; + default: + e->left.expr = expr_transform(e->left.expr); + e->right.expr = expr_transform(e->right.expr); + } + + switch (e->type) { + case E_EQUAL: + if (e->left.sym->type != S_BOOLEAN) + break; + if (e->right.sym == &symbol_no) { + e->type = E_NOT; + e->left.expr = expr_alloc_symbol(e->left.sym); + e->right.sym = NULL; + break; + } + if (e->right.sym == &symbol_mod) { + printf("boolean symbol %s tested for 'm'? test forced to 'n'\n", e->left.sym->name); + e->type = E_SYMBOL; + e->left.sym = &symbol_no; + e->right.sym = NULL; + break; + } + if (e->right.sym == &symbol_yes) { + e->type = E_SYMBOL; + e->right.sym = NULL; + break; + } + break; + case E_UNEQUAL: + if (e->left.sym->type != S_BOOLEAN) + break; + if (e->right.sym == &symbol_no) { + e->type = E_SYMBOL; + e->right.sym = NULL; + break; + } + if (e->right.sym == &symbol_mod) { + printf("boolean symbol %s tested for 'm'? test forced to 'y'\n", e->left.sym->name); + e->type = E_SYMBOL; + e->left.sym = &symbol_yes; + e->right.sym = NULL; + break; + } + if (e->right.sym == &symbol_yes) { + e->type = E_NOT; + e->left.expr = expr_alloc_symbol(e->left.sym); + e->right.sym = NULL; + break; + } + break; + case E_NOT: + switch (e->left.expr->type) { + case E_NOT: + // !!a -> a + tmp = e->left.expr->left.expr; + free(e->left.expr); + free(e); + e = tmp; + e = expr_transform(e); + break; + case E_EQUAL: + case E_UNEQUAL: + // !a='x' -> a!='x' + tmp = e->left.expr; + free(e); + e = tmp; + e->type = e->type == E_EQUAL ? E_UNEQUAL : E_EQUAL; + break; + case E_OR: + // !(a || b) -> !a && !b + tmp = e->left.expr; + e->type = E_AND; + e->right.expr = expr_alloc_one(E_NOT, tmp->right.expr); + tmp->type = E_NOT; + tmp->right.expr = NULL; + e = expr_transform(e); + break; + case E_AND: + // !(a && b) -> !a || !b + tmp = e->left.expr; + e->type = E_OR; + e->right.expr = expr_alloc_one(E_NOT, tmp->right.expr); + tmp->type = E_NOT; + tmp->right.expr = NULL; + e = expr_transform(e); + break; + case E_SYMBOL: + if (e->left.expr->left.sym == &symbol_yes) { + // !'y' -> 'n' + tmp = e->left.expr; + free(e); + e = tmp; + e->type = E_SYMBOL; + e->left.sym = &symbol_no; + break; + } + if (e->left.expr->left.sym == &symbol_mod) { + // !'m' -> 'm' + tmp = e->left.expr; + free(e); + e = tmp; + e->type = E_SYMBOL; + e->left.sym = &symbol_mod; + break; + } + if (e->left.expr->left.sym == &symbol_no) { + // !'n' -> 'y' + tmp = e->left.expr; + free(e); + e = tmp; + e->type = E_SYMBOL; + e->left.sym = &symbol_yes; + break; + } + break; + default: + ; + } + break; + default: + ; + } + return e; +} + +int expr_contains_symbol(struct expr *dep, struct symbol *sym) +{ + if (!dep) + return 0; + + switch (dep->type) { + case E_AND: + case E_OR: + return expr_contains_symbol(dep->left.expr, sym) || + expr_contains_symbol(dep->right.expr, sym); + case E_SYMBOL: + return dep->left.sym == sym; + case E_EQUAL: + case E_UNEQUAL: + return dep->left.sym == sym || + dep->right.sym == sym; + case E_NOT: + return expr_contains_symbol(dep->left.expr, sym); + default: + ; + } + return 0; +} + +bool expr_depends_symbol(struct expr *dep, struct symbol *sym) +{ + if (!dep) + return false; + + switch (dep->type) { + case E_AND: + return expr_depends_symbol(dep->left.expr, sym) || + expr_depends_symbol(dep->right.expr, sym); + case E_SYMBOL: + return dep->left.sym == sym; + case E_EQUAL: + if (dep->left.sym == sym) { + if (dep->right.sym == &symbol_yes || dep->right.sym == &symbol_mod) + return true; + } + break; + case E_UNEQUAL: + if (dep->left.sym == sym) { + if (dep->right.sym == &symbol_no) + return true; + } + break; + default: + ; + } + return false; +} + +struct expr *expr_extract_eq_and(struct expr **ep1, struct expr **ep2) +{ + struct expr *tmp = NULL; + expr_extract_eq(E_AND, &tmp, ep1, ep2); + if (tmp) { + *ep1 = expr_eliminate_yn(*ep1); + *ep2 = expr_eliminate_yn(*ep2); + } + return tmp; +} + +struct expr *expr_extract_eq_or(struct expr **ep1, struct expr **ep2) +{ + struct expr *tmp = NULL; + expr_extract_eq(E_OR, &tmp, ep1, ep2); + if (tmp) { + *ep1 = expr_eliminate_yn(*ep1); + *ep2 = expr_eliminate_yn(*ep2); + } + return tmp; +} + +void expr_extract_eq(enum expr_type type, struct expr **ep, struct expr **ep1, struct expr **ep2) +{ +#define e1 (*ep1) +#define e2 (*ep2) + if (e1->type == type) { + expr_extract_eq(type, ep, &e1->left.expr, &e2); + expr_extract_eq(type, ep, &e1->right.expr, &e2); + return; + } + if (e2->type == type) { + expr_extract_eq(type, ep, ep1, &e2->left.expr); + expr_extract_eq(type, ep, ep1, &e2->right.expr); + return; + } + if (expr_eq(e1, e2)) { + *ep = *ep ? expr_alloc_two(type, *ep, e1) : e1; + expr_free(e2); + if (type == E_AND) { + e1 = expr_alloc_symbol(&symbol_yes); + e2 = expr_alloc_symbol(&symbol_yes); + } else if (type == E_OR) { + e1 = expr_alloc_symbol(&symbol_no); + e2 = expr_alloc_symbol(&symbol_no); + } + } +#undef e1 +#undef e2 +} + +struct expr *expr_trans_compare(struct expr *e, enum expr_type type, struct symbol *sym) +{ + struct expr *e1, *e2; + + if (!e) { + e = expr_alloc_symbol(sym); + if (type == E_UNEQUAL) + e = expr_alloc_one(E_NOT, e); + return e; + } + switch (e->type) { + case E_AND: + e1 = expr_trans_compare(e->left.expr, E_EQUAL, sym); + e2 = expr_trans_compare(e->right.expr, E_EQUAL, sym); + if (sym == &symbol_yes) + e = expr_alloc_two(E_AND, e1, e2); + if (sym == &symbol_no) + e = expr_alloc_two(E_OR, e1, e2); + if (type == E_UNEQUAL) + e = expr_alloc_one(E_NOT, e); + return e; + case E_OR: + e1 = expr_trans_compare(e->left.expr, E_EQUAL, sym); + e2 = expr_trans_compare(e->right.expr, E_EQUAL, sym); + if (sym == &symbol_yes) + e = expr_alloc_two(E_OR, e1, e2); + if (sym == &symbol_no) + e = expr_alloc_two(E_AND, e1, e2); + if (type == E_UNEQUAL) + e = expr_alloc_one(E_NOT, e); + return e; + case E_NOT: + return expr_trans_compare(e->left.expr, type == E_EQUAL ? E_UNEQUAL : E_EQUAL, sym); + case E_UNEQUAL: + case E_EQUAL: + if (type == E_EQUAL) { + if (sym == &symbol_yes) + return expr_copy(e); + if (sym == &symbol_mod) + return expr_alloc_symbol(&symbol_no); + if (sym == &symbol_no) + return expr_alloc_one(E_NOT, expr_copy(e)); + } else { + if (sym == &symbol_yes) + return expr_alloc_one(E_NOT, expr_copy(e)); + if (sym == &symbol_mod) + return expr_alloc_symbol(&symbol_yes); + if (sym == &symbol_no) + return expr_copy(e); + } + break; + case E_SYMBOL: + return expr_alloc_comp(type, e->left.sym, sym); + case E_CHOICE: + case E_RANGE: + case E_NONE: + /* panic */; + } + return NULL; +} + +tristate expr_calc_value(struct expr *e) +{ + tristate val1, val2; + const char *str1, *str2; + + if (!e) + return yes; + + switch (e->type) { + case E_SYMBOL: + sym_calc_value(e->left.sym); + return e->left.sym->curr.tri; + case E_AND: + val1 = expr_calc_value(e->left.expr); + val2 = expr_calc_value(e->right.expr); + return E_AND(val1, val2); + case E_OR: + val1 = expr_calc_value(e->left.expr); + val2 = expr_calc_value(e->right.expr); + return E_OR(val1, val2); + case E_NOT: + val1 = expr_calc_value(e->left.expr); + return E_NOT(val1); + case E_EQUAL: + sym_calc_value(e->left.sym); + sym_calc_value(e->right.sym); + str1 = sym_get_string_value(e->left.sym); + str2 = sym_get_string_value(e->right.sym); + return !strcmp(str1, str2) ? yes : no; + case E_UNEQUAL: + sym_calc_value(e->left.sym); + sym_calc_value(e->right.sym); + str1 = sym_get_string_value(e->left.sym); + str2 = sym_get_string_value(e->right.sym); + return !strcmp(str1, str2) ? no : yes; + default: + printf("expr_calc_value: %d?\n", e->type); + return no; + } +} + +int expr_compare_type(enum expr_type t1, enum expr_type t2) +{ +#if 0 + return 1; +#else + if (t1 == t2) + return 0; + switch (t1) { + case E_EQUAL: + case E_UNEQUAL: + if (t2 == E_NOT) + return 1; + case E_NOT: + if (t2 == E_AND) + return 1; + case E_AND: + if (t2 == E_OR) + return 1; + case E_OR: + if (t2 == E_CHOICE) + return 1; + case E_CHOICE: + if (t2 == 0) + return 1; + default: + return -1; + } + printf("[%dgt%d?]", t1, t2); + return 0; +#endif +} + +void expr_print(struct expr *e, void (*fn)(void *, const char *), void *data, int prevtoken) +{ + if (!e) { + fn(data, "y"); + return; + } + + if (expr_compare_type(prevtoken, e->type) > 0) + fn(data, "("); + switch (e->type) { + case E_SYMBOL: + if (e->left.sym->name) + fn(data, e->left.sym->name); + else + fn(data, ""); + break; + case E_NOT: + fn(data, "!"); + expr_print(e->left.expr, fn, data, E_NOT); + break; + case E_EQUAL: + fn(data, e->left.sym->name); + fn(data, "="); + fn(data, e->right.sym->name); + break; + case E_UNEQUAL: + fn(data, e->left.sym->name); + fn(data, "!="); + fn(data, e->right.sym->name); + break; + case E_OR: + expr_print(e->left.expr, fn, data, E_OR); + fn(data, " || "); + expr_print(e->right.expr, fn, data, E_OR); + break; + case E_AND: + expr_print(e->left.expr, fn, data, E_AND); + fn(data, " && "); + expr_print(e->right.expr, fn, data, E_AND); + break; + case E_CHOICE: + fn(data, e->right.sym->name); + if (e->left.expr) { + fn(data, " ^ "); + expr_print(e->left.expr, fn, data, E_CHOICE); + } + break; + case E_RANGE: + fn(data, "["); + fn(data, e->left.sym->name); + fn(data, " "); + fn(data, e->right.sym->name); + fn(data, "]"); + break; + default: + { + char buf[32]; + sprintf(buf, "", e->type); + fn(data, buf); + break; + } + } + if (expr_compare_type(prevtoken, e->type) > 0) + fn(data, ")"); +} + +static void expr_print_file_helper(void *data, const char *str) +{ + fwrite(str, strlen(str), 1, data); +} + +void expr_fprint(struct expr *e, FILE *out) +{ + expr_print(e, expr_print_file_helper, out, E_NONE); +} diff --git a/config/expr.h b/config/expr.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3010013b2 --- /dev/null +++ b/config/expr.h @@ -0,0 +1,194 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2002 Roman Zippel + * Released under the terms of the GNU GPL v2.0. + */ + +#ifndef EXPR_H +#define EXPR_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +#include +#ifndef __cplusplus +#include +#endif + +struct file { + struct file *next; + struct file *parent; + char *name; + int lineno; + int flags; +}; + +#define FILE_BUSY 0x0001 +#define FILE_SCANNED 0x0002 +#define FILE_PRINTED 0x0004 + +typedef enum tristate { + no, mod, yes +} tristate; + +enum expr_type { + E_NONE, E_OR, E_AND, E_NOT, E_EQUAL, E_UNEQUAL, E_CHOICE, E_SYMBOL, E_RANGE +}; + +union expr_data { + struct expr *expr; + struct symbol *sym; +}; + +struct expr { + enum expr_type type; + union expr_data left, right; +}; + +#define E_OR(dep1, dep2) (((dep1)>(dep2))?(dep1):(dep2)) +#define E_AND(dep1, dep2) (((dep1)<(dep2))?(dep1):(dep2)) +#define E_NOT(dep) (2-(dep)) + +struct expr_value { + struct expr *expr; + tristate tri; +}; + +struct symbol_value { + void *val; + tristate tri; +}; + +enum symbol_type { + S_UNKNOWN, S_BOOLEAN, S_TRISTATE, S_INT, S_HEX, S_STRING, S_OTHER +}; + +struct symbol { + struct symbol *next; + char *name; + char *help; + enum symbol_type type; + struct symbol_value curr, user; + tristate visible; + int flags; + struct property *prop; + struct expr *dep, *dep2; + struct expr_value rev_dep; + struct expr_value rev_dep_inv; +}; + +#define for_all_symbols(i, sym) for (i = 0; i < 257; i++) for (sym = symbol_hash[i]; sym; sym = sym->next) if (sym->type != S_OTHER) + +#define SYMBOL_YES 0x0001 +#define SYMBOL_MOD 0x0002 +#define SYMBOL_NO 0x0004 +#define SYMBOL_CONST 0x0007 +#define SYMBOL_CHECK 0x0008 +#define SYMBOL_CHOICE 0x0010 +#define SYMBOL_CHOICEVAL 0x0020 +#define SYMBOL_PRINTED 0x0040 +#define SYMBOL_VALID 0x0080 +#define SYMBOL_OPTIONAL 0x0100 +#define SYMBOL_WRITE 0x0200 +#define SYMBOL_CHANGED 0x0400 +#define SYMBOL_NEW 0x0800 +#define SYMBOL_AUTO 0x1000 +#define SYMBOL_CHECKED 0x2000 +#define SYMBOL_CHECK_DONE 0x4000 +#define SYMBOL_WARNED 0x8000 + +#define SYMBOL_MAXLENGTH 256 +#define SYMBOL_HASHSIZE 257 +#define SYMBOL_HASHMASK 0xff + +enum prop_type { + P_UNKNOWN, P_PROMPT, P_COMMENT, P_MENU, P_DEFAULT, P_CHOICE, P_SELECT, P_SELECTNOT, P_RANGE +}; + +struct property { + struct property *next; + struct symbol *sym; + enum prop_type type; + const char *text; + struct expr_value visible; + struct expr *expr; + struct menu *menu; + struct file *file; + int lineno; +}; + +#define for_all_properties(sym, st, tok) \ + for (st = sym->prop; st; st = st->next) \ + if (st->type == (tok)) +#define for_all_defaults(sym, st) for_all_properties(sym, st, P_DEFAULT) +#define for_all_choices(sym, st) for_all_properties(sym, st, P_CHOICE) +#define for_all_prompts(sym, st) \ + for (st = sym->prop; st; st = st->next) \ + if (st->text) + +struct menu { + struct menu *next; + struct menu *parent; + struct menu *list; + struct symbol *sym; + struct property *prompt; + struct expr *dep; + unsigned int flags; + //char *help; + struct file *file; + int lineno; + void *data; +}; + +#define MENU_CHANGED 0x0001 +#define MENU_ROOT 0x0002 + +#ifndef SWIG + +extern struct file *file_list; +extern struct file *current_file; +struct file *lookup_file(const char *name); + +extern struct symbol symbol_yes, symbol_no, symbol_mod; +extern struct symbol *modules_sym; +extern int cdebug; +struct expr *expr_alloc_symbol(struct symbol *sym); +struct expr *expr_alloc_one(enum expr_type type, struct expr *ce); +struct expr *expr_alloc_two(enum expr_type type, struct expr *e1, struct expr *e2); +struct expr *expr_alloc_comp(enum expr_type type, struct symbol *s1, struct symbol *s2); +struct expr *expr_alloc_and(struct expr *e1, struct expr *e2); +struct expr *expr_alloc_or(struct expr *e1, struct expr *e2); +struct expr *expr_copy(struct expr *org); +void expr_free(struct expr *e); +int expr_eq(struct expr *e1, struct expr *e2); +void expr_eliminate_eq(struct expr **ep1, struct expr **ep2); +tristate expr_calc_value(struct expr *e); +struct expr *expr_eliminate_yn(struct expr *e); +struct expr *expr_trans_bool(struct expr *e); +struct expr *expr_eliminate_dups(struct expr *e); +struct expr *expr_transform(struct expr *e); +int expr_contains_symbol(struct expr *dep, struct symbol *sym); +bool expr_depends_symbol(struct expr *dep, struct symbol *sym); +struct expr *expr_extract_eq_and(struct expr **ep1, struct expr **ep2); +struct expr *expr_extract_eq_or(struct expr **ep1, struct expr **ep2); +void expr_extract_eq(enum expr_type type, struct expr **ep, struct expr **ep1, struct expr **ep2); +struct expr *expr_trans_compare(struct expr *e, enum expr_type type, struct symbol *sym); + +void expr_fprint(struct expr *e, FILE *out); + +static inline int expr_is_yes(struct expr *e) +{ + return !e || (e->type == E_SYMBOL && e->left.sym == &symbol_yes); +} + +static inline int expr_is_no(struct expr *e) +{ + return e && (e->type == E_SYMBOL && e->left.sym == &symbol_no); +} +#endif + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* EXPR_H */ diff --git a/config/glob.c b/config/glob.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b8928b1b6 --- /dev/null +++ b/config/glob.c @@ -0,0 +1,848 @@ +/* $OpenBSD: glob.c,v 1.25 2005/08/08 08:05:34 espie Exp $ */ +/* + * Copyright (c) 1989, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by + * Guido van Rossum. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +/* + * glob(3) -- a superset of the one defined in POSIX 1003.2. + * + * The [!...] convention to negate a range is supported (SysV, Posix, ksh). + * + * Optional extra services, controlled by flags not defined by POSIX: + * + * GLOB_QUOTE: + * Escaping convention: \ inhibits any special meaning the following + * character might have (except \ at end of string is retained). + * GLOB_MAGCHAR: + * Set in gl_flags if pattern contained a globbing character. + * GLOB_NOMAGIC: + * Same as GLOB_NOCHECK, but it will only append pattern if it did + * not contain any magic characters. [Used in csh style globbing] + * GLOB_ALTDIRFUNC: + * Use alternately specified directory access functions. + * GLOB_TILDE: + * expand ~user/foo to the /home/dir/of/user/foo + * GLOB_BRACE: + * expand {1,2}{a,b} to 1a 1b 2a 2b + * gl_matchc: + * Number of matches in the current invocation of glob. + */ + +#ifdef __APPLE__ +#include +#include + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#define DOLLAR '$' +#define DOT '.' +#define EOS '\0' +#define LBRACKET '[' +#define NOT '!' +#define QUESTION '?' +#define QUOTE '\\' +#define RANGE '-' +#define RBRACKET ']' +#define SEP '/' +#define STAR '*' +#define TILDE '~' +#define UNDERSCORE '_' +#define LBRACE '{' +#define RBRACE '}' +#define SLASH '/' +#define COMMA ',' + +#ifndef DEBUG + +#define M_QUOTE 0x8000 +#define M_PROTECT 0x4000 +#define M_MASK 0xffff +#define M_ASCII 0x00ff + +typedef u_short Char; + +#else + +#define M_QUOTE 0x80 +#define M_PROTECT 0x40 +#define M_MASK 0xff +#define M_ASCII 0x7f + +typedef char Char; + +#endif + + +#define CHAR(c) ((Char)((c)&M_ASCII)) +#define META(c) ((Char)((c)|M_QUOTE)) +#define M_ALL META('*') +#define M_END META(']') +#define M_NOT META('!') +#define M_ONE META('?') +#define M_RNG META('-') +#define M_SET META('[') +#define ismeta(c) (((c)&M_QUOTE) != 0) + + +static int compare(const void *, const void *); +static int g_Ctoc(const Char *, char *, u_int); +static int g_lstat(Char *, struct stat *, glob_t *); +static DIR *g_opendir(Char *, glob_t *); +static const Char *g_strchr(const Char *, int); +static int g_stat(Char *, struct stat *, glob_t *); +static int glob0(const Char *, glob_t *); +static int glob1(Char *, Char *, glob_t *, size_t *); +static int glob2(Char *, Char *, Char *, Char *, Char *, Char *, + glob_t *, size_t *); +static int glob3(Char *, Char *, Char *, Char *, Char *, Char *, + Char *, Char *, glob_t *, size_t *); +static int globextend(const Char *, glob_t *, size_t *); +static const Char * + globtilde(const Char *, Char *, size_t, glob_t *); +static int globexp1(const Char *, glob_t *); +static int globexp2(const Char *, const Char *, glob_t *, int *); +static int match(Char *, Char *, Char *); +#ifdef DEBUG +static void qprintf(const char *, Char *); +#endif + +int +glob(const char *pattern, int flags, int (*errfunc)(const char *, int), + glob_t *pglob) +{ + const u_char *patnext; + int c; + Char *bufnext, *bufend, patbuf[MAXPATHLEN]; + + patnext = (const u_char *) pattern; + if (!(flags & GLOB_APPEND)) { + pglob->gl_pathc = 0; + pglob->gl_pathv = NULL; + if (!(flags & GLOB_DOOFFS)) + pglob->gl_offs = 0; + } + pglob->gl_flags = flags & ~GLOB_MAGCHAR; + pglob->gl_errfunc = errfunc; + pglob->gl_matchc = 0; + + bufnext = patbuf; + bufend = bufnext + MAXPATHLEN - 1; + if (flags & GLOB_NOESCAPE) + while (bufnext < bufend && (c = *patnext++) != EOS) + *bufnext++ = c; + else { + /* Protect the quoted characters. */ + while (bufnext < bufend && (c = *patnext++) != EOS) + if (c == QUOTE) { + if ((c = *patnext++) == EOS) { + c = QUOTE; + --patnext; + } + *bufnext++ = c | M_PROTECT; + } else + *bufnext++ = c; + } + *bufnext = EOS; + + if (flags & GLOB_BRACE) + return globexp1(patbuf, pglob); + else + return glob0(patbuf, pglob); +} + +/* + * Expand recursively a glob {} pattern. When there is no more expansion + * invoke the standard globbing routine to glob the rest of the magic + * characters + */ +static int +globexp1(const Char *pattern, glob_t *pglob) +{ + const Char* ptr = pattern; + int rv; + + /* Protect a single {}, for find(1), like csh */ + if (pattern[0] == LBRACE && pattern[1] == RBRACE && pattern[2] == EOS) + return glob0(pattern, pglob); + + while ((ptr = g_strchr(ptr, LBRACE)) != NULL) + if (!globexp2(ptr, pattern, pglob, &rv)) + return rv; + + return glob0(pattern, pglob); +} + + +/* + * Recursive brace globbing helper. Tries to expand a single brace. + * If it succeeds then it invokes globexp1 with the new pattern. + * If it fails then it tries to glob the rest of the pattern and returns. + */ +static int +globexp2(const Char *ptr, const Char *pattern, glob_t *pglob, int *rv) +{ + int i; + Char *lm, *ls; + const Char *pe, *pm, *pl; + Char patbuf[MAXPATHLEN]; + + /* copy part up to the brace */ + for (lm = patbuf, pm = pattern; pm != ptr; *lm++ = *pm++) + ; + *lm = EOS; + ls = lm; + + /* Find the balanced brace */ + for (i = 0, pe = ++ptr; *pe; pe++) + if (*pe == LBRACKET) { + /* Ignore everything between [] */ + for (pm = pe++; *pe != RBRACKET && *pe != EOS; pe++) + ; + if (*pe == EOS) { + /* + * We could not find a matching RBRACKET. + * Ignore and just look for RBRACE + */ + pe = pm; + } + } else if (*pe == LBRACE) + i++; + else if (*pe == RBRACE) { + if (i == 0) + break; + i--; + } + + /* Non matching braces; just glob the pattern */ + if (i != 0 || *pe == EOS) { + *rv = glob0(patbuf, pglob); + return 0; + } + + for (i = 0, pl = pm = ptr; pm <= pe; pm++) { + switch (*pm) { + case LBRACKET: + /* Ignore everything between [] */ + for (pl = pm++; *pm != RBRACKET && *pm != EOS; pm++) + ; + if (*pm == EOS) { + /* + * We could not find a matching RBRACKET. + * Ignore and just look for RBRACE + */ + pm = pl; + } + break; + + case LBRACE: + i++; + break; + + case RBRACE: + if (i) { + i--; + break; + } + /* FALLTHROUGH */ + case COMMA: + if (i && *pm == COMMA) + break; + else { + /* Append the current string */ + for (lm = ls; (pl < pm); *lm++ = *pl++) + ; + + /* + * Append the rest of the pattern after the + * closing brace + */ + for (pl = pe + 1; (*lm++ = *pl++) != EOS; ) + ; + + /* Expand the current pattern */ +#ifdef DEBUG + qprintf("globexp2:", patbuf); +#endif + *rv = globexp1(patbuf, pglob); + + /* move after the comma, to the next string */ + pl = pm + 1; + } + break; + + default: + break; + } + } + *rv = 0; + return 0; +} + + + +/* + * expand tilde from the passwd file. + */ +static const Char * +globtilde(const Char *pattern, Char *patbuf, size_t patbuf_len, glob_t *pglob) +{ + struct passwd *pwd; + char *h; + const Char *p; + Char *b, *eb; + + if (*pattern != TILDE || !(pglob->gl_flags & GLOB_TILDE)) + return pattern; + + /* Copy up to the end of the string or / */ + eb = &patbuf[patbuf_len - 1]; + for (p = pattern + 1, h = (char *) patbuf; + h < (char *)eb && *p && *p != SLASH; *h++ = *p++) + ; + + *h = EOS; + +#if 0 + if (h == (char *)eb) + return what; +#endif + + if (((char *) patbuf)[0] == EOS) { + /* + * handle a plain ~ or ~/ by expanding $HOME + * first and then trying the password file + */ + if (issetugid() != 0 || (h = getenv("HOME")) == NULL) { + if ((pwd = getpwuid(getuid())) == NULL) + return pattern; + else + h = pwd->pw_dir; + } + } else { + /* + * Expand a ~user + */ + if ((pwd = getpwnam((char*) patbuf)) == NULL) + return pattern; + else + h = pwd->pw_dir; + } + + /* Copy the home directory */ + for (b = patbuf; b < eb && *h; *b++ = *h++) + ; + + /* Append the rest of the pattern */ + while (b < eb && (*b++ = *p++) != EOS) + ; + *b = EOS; + + return patbuf; +} + + +/* + * The main glob() routine: compiles the pattern (optionally processing + * quotes), calls glob1() to do the real pattern matching, and finally + * sorts the list (unless unsorted operation is requested). Returns 0 + * if things went well, nonzero if errors occurred. It is not an error + * to find no matches. + */ +static int +glob0(const Char *pattern, glob_t *pglob) +{ + const Char *qpatnext; + int c, err, oldpathc; + Char *bufnext, patbuf[MAXPATHLEN]; + size_t limit = 0; + + qpatnext = globtilde(pattern, patbuf, MAXPATHLEN, pglob); + oldpathc = pglob->gl_pathc; + bufnext = patbuf; + + /* We don't need to check for buffer overflow any more. */ + while ((c = *qpatnext++) != EOS) { + switch (c) { + case LBRACKET: + c = *qpatnext; + if (c == NOT) + ++qpatnext; + if (*qpatnext == EOS || + g_strchr(qpatnext+1, RBRACKET) == NULL) { + *bufnext++ = LBRACKET; + if (c == NOT) + --qpatnext; + break; + } + *bufnext++ = M_SET; + if (c == NOT) + *bufnext++ = M_NOT; + c = *qpatnext++; + do { + *bufnext++ = CHAR(c); + if (*qpatnext == RANGE && + (c = qpatnext[1]) != RBRACKET) { + *bufnext++ = M_RNG; + *bufnext++ = CHAR(c); + qpatnext += 2; + } + } while ((c = *qpatnext++) != RBRACKET); + pglob->gl_flags |= GLOB_MAGCHAR; + *bufnext++ = M_END; + break; + case QUESTION: + pglob->gl_flags |= GLOB_MAGCHAR; + *bufnext++ = M_ONE; + break; + case STAR: + pglob->gl_flags |= GLOB_MAGCHAR; + /* collapse adjacent stars to one, + * to avoid exponential behavior + */ + if (bufnext == patbuf || bufnext[-1] != M_ALL) + *bufnext++ = M_ALL; + break; + default: + *bufnext++ = CHAR(c); + break; + } + } + *bufnext = EOS; +#ifdef DEBUG + qprintf("glob0:", patbuf); +#endif + + if ((err = glob1(patbuf, patbuf+MAXPATHLEN-1, pglob, &limit)) != 0) + return(err); + + /* + * If there was no match we are going to append the pattern + * if GLOB_NOCHECK was specified or if GLOB_NOMAGIC was specified + * and the pattern did not contain any magic characters + * GLOB_NOMAGIC is there just for compatibility with csh. + */ + if (pglob->gl_pathc == oldpathc) { + if ((pglob->gl_flags & GLOB_NOCHECK) || + ((pglob->gl_flags & GLOB_NOMAGIC) && + !(pglob->gl_flags & GLOB_MAGCHAR))) + return(globextend(pattern, pglob, &limit)); + else + return(GLOB_NOMATCH); + } + if (!(pglob->gl_flags & GLOB_NOSORT)) + qsort(pglob->gl_pathv + pglob->gl_offs + oldpathc, + pglob->gl_pathc - oldpathc, sizeof(char *), compare); + return(0); +} + +static int +compare(const void *p, const void *q) +{ + return(strcmp(*(char *const *)p, *(char *const *)q)); +} + +static int +glob1(Char *pattern, Char *pattern_last, glob_t *pglob, size_t *limitp) +{ + Char pathbuf[MAXPATHLEN]; + + /* A null pathname is invalid -- POSIX 1003.1 sect. 2.4. */ + if (*pattern == EOS) + return(0); + return(glob2(pathbuf, pathbuf+MAXPATHLEN-1, + pathbuf, pathbuf+MAXPATHLEN-1, + pattern, pattern_last, pglob, limitp)); +} + +/* + * The functions glob2 and glob3 are mutually recursive; there is one level + * of recursion for each segment in the pattern that contains one or more + * meta characters. + */ +static int +glob2(Char *pathbuf, Char *pathbuf_last, Char *pathend, Char *pathend_last, + Char *pattern, Char *pattern_last, glob_t *pglob, size_t *limitp) +{ + struct stat sb; + Char *p, *q; + int anymeta; + + /* + * Loop over pattern segments until end of pattern or until + * segment with meta character found. + */ + for (anymeta = 0;;) { + if (*pattern == EOS) { /* End of pattern? */ + *pathend = EOS; + if (g_lstat(pathbuf, &sb, pglob)) + return(0); + + if (((pglob->gl_flags & GLOB_MARK) && + pathend[-1] != SEP) && (S_ISDIR(sb.st_mode) || + (S_ISLNK(sb.st_mode) && + (g_stat(pathbuf, &sb, pglob) == 0) && + S_ISDIR(sb.st_mode)))) { + if (pathend+1 > pathend_last) + return (1); + *pathend++ = SEP; + *pathend = EOS; + } + ++pglob->gl_matchc; + return(globextend(pathbuf, pglob, limitp)); + } + + /* Find end of next segment, copy tentatively to pathend. */ + q = pathend; + p = pattern; + while (*p != EOS && *p != SEP) { + if (ismeta(*p)) + anymeta = 1; + if (q+1 > pathend_last) + return (1); + *q++ = *p++; + } + + if (!anymeta) { /* No expansion, do next segment. */ + pathend = q; + pattern = p; + while (*pattern == SEP) { + if (pathend+1 > pathend_last) + return (1); + *pathend++ = *pattern++; + } + } else + /* Need expansion, recurse. */ + return(glob3(pathbuf, pathbuf_last, pathend, + pathend_last, pattern, pattern_last, + p, pattern_last, pglob, limitp)); + } + /* NOTREACHED */ +} + +static int +glob3(Char *pathbuf, Char *pathbuf_last, Char *pathend, Char *pathend_last, + Char *pattern, Char *pattern_last __attribute__((unused)), Char *restpattern, + Char *restpattern_last, glob_t *pglob, size_t *limitp) +{ + struct dirent *dp; + DIR *dirp; + int err; + char buf[MAXPATHLEN]; + + /* + * The readdirfunc declaration can't be prototyped, because it is + * assigned, below, to two functions which are prototyped in glob.h + * and dirent.h as taking pointers to differently typed opaque + * structures. + */ + struct dirent *(*readdirfunc)(void *); + + if (pathend > pathend_last) + return (1); + *pathend = EOS; + errno = 0; + + if ((dirp = g_opendir(pathbuf, pglob)) == NULL) { + /* TODO: don't call for ENOENT or ENOTDIR? */ + if (pglob->gl_errfunc) { + if (g_Ctoc(pathbuf, buf, sizeof(buf))) + return(GLOB_ABORTED); + if (pglob->gl_errfunc(buf, errno) || + pglob->gl_flags & GLOB_ERR) + return(GLOB_ABORTED); + } + return(0); + } + + err = 0; + + /* Search directory for matching names. */ + if (pglob->gl_flags & GLOB_ALTDIRFUNC) + readdirfunc = pglob->gl_readdir; + else + readdirfunc = (struct dirent *(*)(void *))readdir; + while ((dp = (*readdirfunc)(dirp))) { + u_char *sc; + Char *dc; + + /* Initial DOT must be matched literally. */ + if (dp->d_name[0] == DOT && *pattern != DOT) + continue; + dc = pathend; + sc = (u_char *) dp->d_name; + while (dc < pathend_last && (*dc++ = *sc++) != EOS) + ; + if (dc >= pathend_last) { + *dc = EOS; + err = 1; + break; + } + + if (!match(pathend, pattern, restpattern)) { + *pathend = EOS; + continue; + } + err = glob2(pathbuf, pathbuf_last, --dc, pathend_last, + restpattern, restpattern_last, pglob, limitp); + if (err) + break; + } + + if (pglob->gl_flags & GLOB_ALTDIRFUNC) + (*pglob->gl_closedir)(dirp); + else + closedir(dirp); + return(err); +} + + +/* + * Extend the gl_pathv member of a glob_t structure to accommodate a new item, + * add the new item, and update gl_pathc. + * + * This assumes the BSD realloc, which only copies the block when its size + * crosses a power-of-two boundary; for v7 realloc, this would cause quadratic + * behavior. + * + * Return 0 if new item added, error code if memory couldn't be allocated. + * + * Invariant of the glob_t structure: + * Either gl_pathc is zero and gl_pathv is NULL; or gl_pathc > 0 and + * gl_pathv points to (gl_offs + gl_pathc + 1) items. + */ +static int +globextend(const Char *path, glob_t *pglob, size_t *limitp) +{ + char **pathv; + int i; + u_int newsize, len; + char *copy; + const Char *p; + + newsize = sizeof(*pathv) * (2 + pglob->gl_pathc + pglob->gl_offs); + pathv = pglob->gl_pathv ? realloc((char *)pglob->gl_pathv, newsize) : + malloc(newsize); + if (pathv == NULL) { + if (pglob->gl_pathv) { + free(pglob->gl_pathv); + pglob->gl_pathv = NULL; + } + return(GLOB_NOSPACE); + } + + if (pglob->gl_pathv == NULL && pglob->gl_offs > 0) { + /* first time around -- clear initial gl_offs items */ + pathv += pglob->gl_offs; + for (i = pglob->gl_offs; --i >= 0; ) + *--pathv = NULL; + } + pglob->gl_pathv = pathv; + + for (p = path; *p++;) + ; + len = (size_t)(p - path); + *limitp += len; + if ((copy = malloc(len)) != NULL) { + if (g_Ctoc(path, copy, len)) { + free(copy); + return(GLOB_NOSPACE); + } + pathv[pglob->gl_offs + pglob->gl_pathc++] = copy; + } + pathv[pglob->gl_offs + pglob->gl_pathc] = NULL; + + if ((pglob->gl_flags & GLOB_LIMIT) && + newsize + *limitp >= ARG_MAX) { + errno = 0; + return(GLOB_NOSPACE); + } + + return(copy == NULL ? GLOB_NOSPACE : 0); +} + + +/* + * pattern matching function for filenames. Each occurrence of the * + * pattern causes a recursion level. + */ +static int +match(Char *name, Char *pat, Char *patend) +{ + int ok, negate_range; + Char c, k; + + while (pat < patend) { + c = *pat++; + switch (c & M_MASK) { + case M_ALL: + if (pat == patend) + return(1); + do { + if (match(name, pat, patend)) + return(1); + } while (*name++ != EOS); + return(0); + case M_ONE: + if (*name++ == EOS) + return(0); + break; + case M_SET: + ok = 0; + if ((k = *name++) == EOS) + return(0); + if ((negate_range = ((*pat & M_MASK) == M_NOT)) != EOS) + ++pat; + while (((c = *pat++) & M_MASK) != M_END) + if ((*pat & M_MASK) == M_RNG) { + if (c <= k && k <= pat[1]) + ok = 1; + pat += 2; + } else if (c == k) + ok = 1; + if (ok == negate_range) + return(0); + break; + default: + if (*name++ != c) + return(0); + break; + } + } + return(*name == EOS); +} + +/* Free allocated data belonging to a glob_t structure. */ +void +globfree(glob_t *pglob) +{ + int i; + char **pp; + + if (pglob->gl_pathv != NULL) { + pp = pglob->gl_pathv + pglob->gl_offs; + for (i = pglob->gl_pathc; i--; ++pp) + if (*pp) + free(*pp); + free(pglob->gl_pathv); + pglob->gl_pathv = NULL; + } +} + +static DIR * +g_opendir(Char *str, glob_t *pglob) +{ + char buf[MAXPATHLEN]; + + if (!*str) + strlcpy(buf, ".", sizeof buf); + else { + if (g_Ctoc(str, buf, sizeof(buf))) + return(NULL); + } + + if (pglob->gl_flags & GLOB_ALTDIRFUNC) + return((*pglob->gl_opendir)(buf)); + + return(opendir(buf)); +} + +static int +g_lstat(Char *fn, struct stat *sb, glob_t *pglob) +{ + char buf[MAXPATHLEN]; + + if (g_Ctoc(fn, buf, sizeof(buf))) + return(-1); + if (pglob->gl_flags & GLOB_ALTDIRFUNC) + return((*pglob->gl_lstat)(buf, sb)); + return(lstat(buf, sb)); +} + +static int +g_stat(Char *fn, struct stat *sb, glob_t *pglob) +{ + char buf[MAXPATHLEN]; + + if (g_Ctoc(fn, buf, sizeof(buf))) + return(-1); + if (pglob->gl_flags & GLOB_ALTDIRFUNC) + return((*pglob->gl_stat)(buf, sb)); + return(stat(buf, sb)); +} + +static const Char * +g_strchr(const Char *str, int ch) +{ + do { + if (*str == ch) + return (str); + } while (*str++); + return (NULL); +} + +static int +g_Ctoc(const Char *str, char *buf, u_int len) +{ + + while (len--) { + if ((*buf++ = *str++) == EOS) + return (0); + } + return (1); +} + +#ifdef DEBUG +static void +qprintf(const char *str, Char *s) +{ + Char *p; + + (void)printf("%s:\n", str); + for (p = s; *p; p++) + (void)printf("%c", CHAR(*p)); + (void)printf("\n"); + for (p = s; *p; p++) + (void)printf("%c", *p & M_PROTECT ? '"' : ' '); + (void)printf("\n"); + for (p = s; *p; p++) + (void)printf("%c", ismeta(*p) ? '_' : ' '); + (void)printf("\n"); +} +#endif +#endif diff --git a/config/glob.h b/config/glob.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..15ade2a04 --- /dev/null +++ b/config/glob.h @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +/* $OpenBSD: glob.h,v 1.9 2004/10/07 16:56:11 millert Exp $ */ +/* $NetBSD: glob.h,v 1.5 1994/10/26 00:55:56 cgd Exp $ */ + +/* + * Copyright (c) 1989, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by + * Guido van Rossum. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + * + * @(#)glob.h 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/2/93 + */ + +#ifndef __APPLE__ +#include_next +#else +#ifndef _GLOB_H_ +#define _GLOB_H_ + +#include + +struct stat; +typedef struct { + int gl_pathc; /* Count of total paths so far. */ + int gl_matchc; /* Count of paths matching pattern. */ + int gl_offs; /* Reserved at beginning of gl_pathv. */ + int gl_flags; /* Copy of flags parameter to glob. */ + char **gl_pathv; /* List of paths matching pattern. */ + /* Copy of errfunc parameter to glob. */ + int (*gl_errfunc)(const char *, int); + + /* + * Alternate filesystem access methods for glob; replacement + * versions of closedir(3), readdir(3), opendir(3), stat(2) + * and lstat(2). + */ + void (*gl_closedir)(void *); + struct dirent *(*gl_readdir)(void *); + void *(*gl_opendir)(const char *); + int (*gl_lstat)(const char *, struct stat *); + int (*gl_stat)(const char *, struct stat *); +} glob_t; + +/* Flags */ +#define GLOB_APPEND 0x0001 /* Append to output from previous call. */ +#define GLOB_DOOFFS 0x0002 /* Use gl_offs. */ +#define GLOB_ERR 0x0004 /* Return on error. */ +#define GLOB_MARK 0x0008 /* Append / to matching directories. */ +#define GLOB_NOCHECK 0x0010 /* Return pattern itself if nothing matches. */ +#define GLOB_NOSORT 0x0020 /* Don't sort. */ +#define GLOB_NOESCAPE 0x1000 /* Disable backslash escaping. */ + +#ifndef _POSIX_SOURCE +#define GLOB_ALTDIRFUNC 0x0040 /* Use alternately specified directory funcs. */ +#define GLOB_BRACE 0x0080 /* Expand braces ala csh. */ +#define GLOB_MAGCHAR 0x0100 /* Pattern had globbing characters. */ +#define GLOB_NOMAGIC 0x0200 /* GLOB_NOCHECK without magic chars (csh). */ +#define GLOB_QUOTE 0x0400 /* Quote special chars with \. */ +#define GLOB_TILDE 0x0800 /* Expand tilde names from the passwd file. */ +#define GLOB_LIMIT 0x2000 /* Limit pattern match output to ARG_MAX */ +#endif + +/* Error values returned by glob(3) */ +#define GLOB_NOSPACE (-1) /* Malloc call failed. */ +#define GLOB_ABORTED (-2) /* Unignored error. */ +#define GLOB_NOMATCH (-3) /* No match and GLOB_NOCHECK not set. */ +#define GLOB_NOSYS (-4) /* Function not supported. */ +#define GLOB_ABEND GLOB_ABORTED + +__BEGIN_DECLS +int glob(const char *, int, int (*)(const char *, int), glob_t *); +void globfree(glob_t *); +__END_DECLS + +#endif /* !_GLOB_H_ */ +#endif diff --git a/config/inputbox.c b/config/inputbox.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8c4c1ce99 --- /dev/null +++ b/config/inputbox.c @@ -0,0 +1,240 @@ +/* + * inputbox.c -- implements the input box + * + * ORIGINAL AUTHOR: Savio Lam (lam836@cs.cuhk.hk) + * MODIFIED FOR LINUX KERNEL CONFIG BY: William Roadcap (roadcap@cfw.com) + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License + * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 + * of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. + */ + +#include "dialog.h" + +unsigned char dialog_input_result[MAX_LEN + 1]; + +/* + * Print the termination buttons + */ +static void +print_buttons(WINDOW *dialog, int height, int width, int selected) +{ + int x = width / 2 - 11; + int y = height - 2; + + print_button (dialog, " Ok ", y, x, selected==0); + print_button (dialog, " Help ", y, x + 14, selected==1); + + wmove(dialog, y, x+1+14*selected); + wrefresh(dialog); +} + +/* + * Display a dialog box for inputing a string + */ +int +dialog_inputbox (const char *title, const char *prompt, int height, int width, + const char *init) +{ + int i, x, y, box_y, box_x, box_width; + int input_x = 0, scroll = 0, key = 0, button = -1; + char *instr = (char*)dialog_input_result; + WINDOW *dialog; + + /* center dialog box on screen */ + x = (COLS - width) / 2; + y = (LINES - height) / 2; + + + draw_shadow (stdscr, y, x, height, width); + + dialog = newwin (height, width, y, x); + keypad (dialog, TRUE); + + draw_box (dialog, 0, 0, height, width, dialog_attr, border_attr); + wattrset (dialog, border_attr); + mvwaddch (dialog, height-3, 0, ACS_LTEE); + for (i = 0; i < width - 2; i++) + waddch (dialog, ACS_HLINE); + wattrset (dialog, dialog_attr); + waddch (dialog, ACS_RTEE); + + if (title != NULL && strlen(title) >= width-2 ) { + /* truncate long title -- mec */ + char * title2 = malloc(width-2+1); + memcpy( title2, title, width-2 ); + title2[width-2] = '\0'; + title = title2; + } + + if (title != NULL) { + wattrset (dialog, title_attr); + mvwaddch (dialog, 0, (width - strlen(title))/2 - 1, ' '); + waddstr (dialog, (char *)title); + waddch (dialog, ' '); + } + + wattrset (dialog, dialog_attr); + print_autowrap (dialog, prompt, width - 2, 1, 3); + + /* Draw the input field box */ + box_width = width - 6; + getyx (dialog, y, x); + box_y = y + 2; + box_x = (width - box_width) / 2; + draw_box (dialog, y + 1, box_x - 1, 3, box_width + 2, + border_attr, dialog_attr); + + print_buttons(dialog, height, width, 0); + + /* Set up the initial value */ + wmove (dialog, box_y, box_x); + wattrset (dialog, inputbox_attr); + + if (!init) + instr[0] = '\0'; + else + strcpy (instr, init); + + input_x = strlen (instr); + + if (input_x >= box_width) { + scroll = input_x - box_width + 1; + input_x = box_width - 1; + for (i = 0; i < box_width - 1; i++) + waddch (dialog, instr[scroll + i]); + } else + waddstr (dialog, instr); + + wmove (dialog, box_y, box_x + input_x); + + wrefresh (dialog); + + while (key != ESC) { + key = wgetch (dialog); + + if (button == -1) { /* Input box selected */ + switch (key) { + case TAB: + case KEY_UP: + case KEY_DOWN: + break; + case KEY_LEFT: + continue; + case KEY_RIGHT: + continue; + case KEY_BACKSPACE: + case 127: + if (input_x || scroll) { + wattrset (dialog, inputbox_attr); + if (!input_x) { + scroll = scroll < box_width - 1 ? + 0 : scroll - (box_width - 1); + wmove (dialog, box_y, box_x); + for (i = 0; i < box_width; i++) + waddch (dialog, instr[scroll + input_x + i] ? + instr[scroll + input_x + i] : ' '); + input_x = strlen (instr) - scroll; + } else + input_x--; + instr[scroll + input_x] = '\0'; + mvwaddch (dialog, box_y, input_x + box_x, ' '); + wmove (dialog, box_y, input_x + box_x); + wrefresh (dialog); + } + continue; + default: + if (key < 0x100 && isprint (key)) { + if (scroll + input_x < MAX_LEN) { + wattrset (dialog, inputbox_attr); + instr[scroll + input_x] = key; + instr[scroll + input_x + 1] = '\0'; + if (input_x == box_width - 1) { + scroll++; + wmove (dialog, box_y, box_x); + for (i = 0; i < box_width - 1; i++) + waddch (dialog, instr[scroll + i]); + } else { + wmove (dialog, box_y, input_x++ + box_x); + waddch (dialog, key); + } + wrefresh (dialog); + } else + flash (); /* Alarm user about overflow */ + continue; + } + } + } + switch (key) { + case 'O': + case 'o': + delwin (dialog); + return 0; + case 'H': + case 'h': + delwin (dialog); + return 1; + case KEY_UP: + case KEY_LEFT: + switch (button) { + case -1: + button = 1; /* Indicates "Cancel" button is selected */ + print_buttons(dialog, height, width, 1); + break; + case 0: + button = -1; /* Indicates input box is selected */ + print_buttons(dialog, height, width, 0); + wmove (dialog, box_y, box_x + input_x); + wrefresh (dialog); + break; + case 1: + button = 0; /* Indicates "OK" button is selected */ + print_buttons(dialog, height, width, 0); + break; + } + break; + case TAB: + case KEY_DOWN: + case KEY_RIGHT: + switch (button) { + case -1: + button = 0; /* Indicates "OK" button is selected */ + print_buttons(dialog, height, width, 0); + break; + case 0: + button = 1; /* Indicates "Cancel" button is selected */ + print_buttons(dialog, height, width, 1); + break; + case 1: + button = -1; /* Indicates input box is selected */ + print_buttons(dialog, height, width, 0); + wmove (dialog, box_y, box_x + input_x); + wrefresh (dialog); + break; + } + break; + case ' ': + case '\n': + delwin (dialog); + return (button == -1 ? 0 : button); + case 'X': + case 'x': + key = ESC; + case ESC: + break; + } + } + + delwin (dialog); + return -1; /* ESC pressed */ +} diff --git a/config/lex.backup b/config/lex.backup new file mode 100644 index 000000000..afb1b53c7 --- /dev/null +++ b/config/lex.backup @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +No backing up. diff --git a/config/lkc.h b/config/lkc.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..dd040f7a8 --- /dev/null +++ b/config/lkc.h @@ -0,0 +1,113 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2002 Roman Zippel + * Released under the terms of the GNU GPL v2.0. + */ + +#ifndef LKC_H +#define LKC_H + +#include "expr.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +#ifdef LKC_DIRECT_LINK +#define P(name,type,arg) extern type name arg +#else +#include "lkc_defs.h" +#define P(name,type,arg) extern type (*name ## _p) arg +#endif +#include "lkc_proto.h" +#undef P + +#define SRCTREE "srctree" + +int zconfparse(void); +void zconfdump(FILE *out); + +extern int zconfdebug; +void zconf_starthelp(void); +FILE *zconf_fopen(const char *name); +void zconf_initscan(const char *name); +void zconf_nextfile(const char *name); +int zconf_lineno(void); +char *zconf_curname(void); + +/* confdata.c */ +extern const char conf_def_filename[]; +extern char conf_filename[]; + +char *conf_get_default_confname(void); + +/* kconfig_load.c */ +void kconfig_load(void); + +/* menu.c */ +void menu_init(void); +void menu_add_menu(void); +void menu_end_menu(void); +void menu_add_entry(struct symbol *sym); +void menu_end_entry(void); +void menu_add_dep(struct expr *dep); +struct property *menu_add_prop(enum prop_type type, char *prompt, struct expr *expr, struct expr *dep); +void menu_add_prompt(enum prop_type type, char *prompt, struct expr *dep); +void menu_add_expr(enum prop_type type, struct expr *expr, struct expr *dep); +void menu_add_symbol(enum prop_type type, struct symbol *sym, struct expr *dep); +void menu_finalize(struct menu *parent); +void menu_set_type(int type); +struct file *file_lookup(const char *name); +int file_write_dep(const char *name); + +extern struct menu *current_entry; +extern struct menu *current_menu; + +/* symbol.c */ +void sym_init(void); +void sym_clear_all_valid(void); +void sym_set_changed(struct symbol *sym); +struct symbol *sym_check_deps(struct symbol *sym); +struct property *prop_alloc(enum prop_type type, struct symbol *sym); +struct symbol *prop_get_symbol(struct property *prop); + +static inline tristate sym_get_tristate_value(struct symbol *sym) +{ + return sym->curr.tri; +} + + +static inline struct symbol *sym_get_choice_value(struct symbol *sym) +{ + return (struct symbol *)sym->curr.val; +} + +static inline bool sym_set_choice_value(struct symbol *ch, struct symbol *chval) +{ + return sym_set_tristate_value(chval, yes); +} + +static inline bool sym_is_choice(struct symbol *sym) +{ + return sym->flags & SYMBOL_CHOICE ? true : false; +} + +static inline bool sym_is_choice_value(struct symbol *sym) +{ + return sym->flags & SYMBOL_CHOICEVAL ? true : false; +} + +static inline bool sym_is_optional(struct symbol *sym) +{ + return sym->flags & SYMBOL_OPTIONAL ? true : false; +} + +static inline bool sym_has_value(struct symbol *sym) +{ + return sym->flags & SYMBOL_NEW ? false : true; +} + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* LKC_H */ diff --git a/config/lkc_proto.h b/config/lkc_proto.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..97c79178e --- /dev/null +++ b/config/lkc_proto.h @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ + +/* confdata.c */ +P(conf_parse,void,(const char *name)); +P(conf_read,int,(const char *name)); +P(conf_write,int,(const char *name)); + +/* menu.c */ +P(rootmenu,struct menu,); + +P(menu_is_visible,bool,(struct menu *menu)); +P(menu_get_prompt,const char *,(struct menu *menu)); +P(menu_get_root_menu,struct menu *,(struct menu *menu)); +P(menu_get_parent_menu,struct menu *,(struct menu *menu)); + +/* symbol.c */ +P(symbol_hash,struct symbol *,[SYMBOL_HASHSIZE]); +P(sym_change_count,int,); + +P(sym_lookup,struct symbol *,(const char *name, int isconst)); +P(sym_find,struct symbol *,(const char *name)); +P(sym_type_name,const char *,(enum symbol_type type)); +P(sym_calc_value,void,(struct symbol *sym)); +P(sym_get_type,enum symbol_type,(struct symbol *sym)); +P(sym_tristate_within_range,bool,(struct symbol *sym,tristate tri)); +P(sym_set_tristate_value,bool,(struct symbol *sym,tristate tri)); +P(sym_toggle_tristate_value,tristate,(struct symbol *sym)); +P(sym_string_valid,bool,(struct symbol *sym, const char *newval)); +P(sym_string_within_range,bool,(struct symbol *sym, const char *str)); +P(sym_set_string_value,bool,(struct symbol *sym, const char *newval)); +P(sym_is_changable,bool,(struct symbol *sym)); +P(sym_get_choice_prop,struct property *,(struct symbol *sym)); +P(sym_get_default_prop,struct property *,(struct symbol *sym)); +P(sym_get_string_value,const char *,(struct symbol *sym)); + +P(prop_get_type_name,const char *,(enum prop_type type)); + +/* expr.c */ +P(expr_compare_type,int,(enum expr_type t1, enum expr_type t2)); +P(expr_print,void,(struct expr *e, void (*fn)(void *, const char *), void *data, int prevtoken)); diff --git a/config/mconf.c b/config/mconf.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..878554245 --- /dev/null +++ b/config/mconf.c @@ -0,0 +1,717 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2002 Roman Zippel + * Released under the terms of the GNU GPL v2.0. + * + * Introduced single menu mode (show all sub-menus in one large tree). + * 2002-11-06 Petr Baudis + * + * Directly use liblxdialog library routines. + * 2002-11-14 Petr Baudis + */ + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#include "dialog.h" + +#define LKC_DIRECT_LINK +#include "lkc.h" + +static char menu_backtitle[128]; +static const char menu_instructions[] = + "Arrow keys navigate the menu. " + " selects submenus --->. " + "Highlighted letters are hotkeys. " + "Pressing selectes a feature, while will exclude a feature. " + "Press to exit, for Help. " + "Legend: [*] feature is selected [ ] feature is excluded", +radiolist_instructions[] = + "Use the arrow keys to navigate this window or " + "press the hotkey of the item you wish to select " + "followed by the . " + "Press for additional information about this option.", +inputbox_instructions_int[] = + "Please enter a decimal value. " + "Fractions will not be accepted. " + "Use the key to move from the input field to the buttons below it.", +inputbox_instructions_hex[] = + "Please enter a hexadecimal value. " + "Use the key to move from the input field to the buttons below it.", +inputbox_instructions_string[] = + "Please enter a string value. " + "Use the key to move from the input field to the buttons below it.", +setmod_text[] = + "This feature depends on another which has been configured as a module.\n" + "As a result, this feature will be built as a module.", +nohelp_text[] = + "There is no help available for this option.\n", +load_config_text[] = + "Enter the name of the configuration file you wish to load. " + "Accept the name shown to restore the configuration you " + "last retrieved. Leave blank to abort.", +load_config_help[] = + "\n" + "For various reasons, one may wish to keep several different OpenADK\n" + "configurations available on a single machine.\n" + "\n" + "If you have saved a previous configuration in a file other than the\n" + "OpenADK's default, entering the name of the file here will allow you\n" + "to modify that configuration.\n" + "\n" + "If you are uncertain, then you have probably never used alternate\n" + "configuration files. You should therefor leave this blank to abort.\n", +save_config_text[] = + "Enter a filename to which this configuration should be saved " + "as an alternate. Leave blank to abort.", +save_config_help[] = + "\n" + "For various reasons, one may wish to keep different OpenADK\n" + "configurations available on a single machine.\n" + "\n" + "Entering a file name here will allow you to later retrieve, modify\n" + "and use the current configuration as an alternate to whatever\n" + "configuration options you have selected at that time.\n" + "\n" + "If you are uncertain what all this means then you should probably\n" + "leave this blank.\n", +top_menu_help[] = + "\n" + "Use the Up/Down arrow keys (cursor keys) to highlight the item\n" + "you wish to change or submenu wish to select and press .\n" + "Submenus are designated by \"--->\".\n" + "\n" + "Shortcut: Press the option's highlighted letter (hotkey).\n" + "\n" + "You may also use the and keys to scroll\n" + "unseen options into view.\n" +; + +static char filename[PATH_MAX+1] = ".config"; +static int indent = 0; +static struct termios ios_org; +static int rows, cols; +struct menu *current_menu; +static int child_count; +static int single_menu_mode; + +static struct dialog_list_item *items[16384]; /* FIXME: This ought to be dynamic. */ +static int item_no; + +static void conf(struct menu *menu); +static void conf_choice(struct menu *menu); +static void conf_string(struct menu *menu); +static void conf_load(void); +static void conf_save(void); +static void show_textbox(const char *title, const char *text, int r, int c); +static void show_helptext(const char *title, const char *text); +static void show_help(struct menu *menu); +static void show_readme(void); + +static void init_wsize(void) +{ + struct winsize ws; + char *env; + + if (ioctl(1, TIOCGWINSZ, &ws) == -1) { + rows = 24; + cols = 80; + } else { + rows = ws.ws_row; + cols = ws.ws_col; + if (!rows) { + env = getenv("LINES"); + if (env) + rows = atoi(env); + if (!rows) + rows = 24; + } + if (!cols) { + env = getenv("COLUMNS"); + if (env) + cols = atoi(env); + if (!cols) + cols = 80; + } + } + + if (rows < 19 || cols < 80) { + fprintf(stderr, "Your display is too small to run Menuconfig!\n"); + fprintf(stderr, "It must be at least 19 lines by 80 columns.\n"); + exit(1); + } + + rows -= 4; + cols -= 5; +} + +static void cinit(void) +{ + item_no = 0; +} + +static void cmake(void) +{ + items[item_no] = malloc(sizeof(struct dialog_list_item)); + memset(items[item_no], 0, sizeof(struct dialog_list_item)); + items[item_no]->tag = malloc(32); items[item_no]->tag[0] = 0; + items[item_no]->name = malloc(512); items[item_no]->name[0] = 0; + items[item_no]->namelen = 0; + item_no++; +} + +static int cprint_name(const char *fmt, ...) +{ + va_list ap; + int res; + + if (!item_no) + cmake(); + va_start(ap, fmt); + res = vsnprintf(items[item_no - 1]->name + items[item_no - 1]->namelen, + 512 - items[item_no - 1]->namelen, fmt, ap); + if (res > 0) + items[item_no - 1]->namelen += res; + va_end(ap); + + return res; +} + +static int cprint_tag(const char *fmt, ...) +{ + va_list ap; + int res; + + if (!item_no) + cmake(); + va_start(ap, fmt); + res = vsnprintf(items[item_no - 1]->tag, 32, fmt, ap); + va_end(ap); + + return res; +} + +static void cdone(void) +{ + int i; + + for (i = 0; i < item_no; i++) { + free(items[i]->tag); + free(items[i]->name); + free(items[i]); + } + + item_no = 0; +} + +static void build_conf(struct menu *menu) +{ + struct symbol *sym; + struct property *prop; + struct menu *child; + int type, tmp, doint = 2; + tristate val; + char ch; + + if (!menu_is_visible(menu)) + return; + + sym = menu->sym; + prop = menu->prompt; + if (!sym) { + if (prop && menu != current_menu) { + const char *prompt = menu_get_prompt(menu); + switch (prop->type) { + case P_MENU: + child_count++; + cmake(); + cprint_tag("m%p", menu); + + if (single_menu_mode) { + cprint_name("%s%*c%s", + menu->data ? "-->" : "++>", + indent + 1, ' ', prompt); + } else { + cprint_name(" %*c%s --->", indent + 1, ' ', prompt); + } + + if (single_menu_mode && menu->data) + goto conf_childs; + return; + default: + if (prompt) { + child_count++; + cmake(); + cprint_tag(":%p", menu); + cprint_name("---%*c%s", indent + 1, ' ', prompt); + } + } + } else + doint = 0; + goto conf_childs; + } + + cmake(); + type = sym_get_type(sym); + if (sym_is_choice(sym)) { + struct symbol *def_sym = sym_get_choice_value(sym); + struct menu *def_menu = NULL; + + child_count++; + for (child = menu->list; child; child = child->next) { + if (menu_is_visible(child) && child->sym == def_sym) + def_menu = child; + } + + val = sym_get_tristate_value(sym); + if (sym_is_changable(sym)) { + cprint_tag("t%p", menu); + switch (type) { + case S_BOOLEAN: + cprint_name("[%c]", val == no ? ' ' : '*'); + break; + case S_TRISTATE: + switch (val) { + case yes: ch = '*'; break; + case mod: ch = 'M'; break; + default: ch = ' '; break; + } + cprint_name("<%c>", ch); + break; + } + } else { + cprint_tag("%c%p", def_menu ? 't' : ':', menu); + cprint_name(" "); + } + + cprint_name("%*c%s", indent + 1, ' ', menu_get_prompt(menu)); + if (val == yes) { + if (def_menu) { + cprint_name(" (%s)", menu_get_prompt(def_menu)); + cprint_name(" --->"); + if (def_menu->list) { + indent += 2; + build_conf(def_menu); + indent -= 2; + } + } + return; + } + } else { + if (menu == current_menu) { + cprint_tag(":%p", menu); + cprint_name("---%*c%s", indent + 1, ' ', menu_get_prompt(menu)); + goto conf_childs; + } + + child_count++; + val = sym_get_tristate_value(sym); + if (sym_is_choice_value(sym) && val == yes) { + cprint_tag(":%p", menu); + cprint_name(" "); + } else { + switch (type) { + case S_BOOLEAN: + cprint_tag("t%p", menu); + if (sym_is_changable(sym)) + cprint_name("[%c]", val == no ? ' ' : '*'); + else + cprint_name(val == no ? "_ _" : "-+-"); + break; + case S_TRISTATE: + cprint_tag("t%p", menu); + switch (val) { + case yes: ch = '*'; break; + case mod: ch = 'M'; break; + default: ch = ' '; break; + } + if (sym_is_changable(sym)) + cprint_name("<%c>", ch); + else + cprint_name(val == no ? "_ _" : "-+-"); + break; + default: + cprint_tag("s%p", menu); + tmp = cprint_name("(%s)", sym_get_string_value(sym)); + tmp = indent - tmp + 4; + if (tmp < 0) + tmp = 0; + cprint_name("%*c%s%s", tmp, ' ', menu_get_prompt(menu), + (sym_has_value(sym) || !sym_is_changable(sym)) ? + "" : " (NEW)"); + goto conf_childs; + } + } + cprint_name("%*c%s%s", indent + 1, ' ', menu_get_prompt(menu), + (sym_has_value(sym) || !sym_is_changable(sym)) ? + "" : " (NEW)"); + if (menu->prompt->type == P_MENU) { + cprint_name(" --->"); + return; + } + } + +conf_childs: + indent += doint; + for (child = menu->list; child; child = child->next) + build_conf(child); + indent -= doint; +} + +static void conf(struct menu *menu) +{ + struct dialog_list_item *active_item = NULL; + struct menu *submenu; + const char *prompt = menu_get_prompt(menu); + struct symbol *sym; + char active_entry[40]; + int stat, type; + + unlink("lxdialog.scrltmp"); + active_entry[0] = 0; + while (1) { + indent = 0; + child_count = 0; + current_menu = menu; + cdone(); cinit(); + build_conf(menu); + if (!child_count) + break; + if (menu == &rootmenu) { + cmake(); cprint_tag(":"); cprint_name("--- "); + cmake(); cprint_tag("L"); cprint_name("Load an Alternate Configuration File"); + cmake(); cprint_tag("S"); cprint_name("Save Configuration to an Alternate File"); + } + dialog_clear(); + stat = dialog_menu(prompt ? prompt : "Main Menu", + menu_instructions, rows, cols, rows - 10, + active_entry, item_no, items); + if (stat < 0) + return; + + if (stat == 1 || stat == 255) + break; + + active_item = first_sel_item(item_no, items); + if (!active_item) + continue; + active_item->selected = 0; + strncpy(active_entry, active_item->tag, sizeof(active_entry)); + active_entry[sizeof(active_entry)-1] = 0; + type = active_entry[0]; + if (!type) + continue; + + sym = NULL; + submenu = NULL; + if (sscanf(active_entry + 1, "%p", &submenu) == 1) + sym = submenu->sym; + + switch (stat) { + case 0: + switch (type) { + case 'm': + if (single_menu_mode) + submenu->data = (void *) (long) !submenu->data; + else + conf(submenu); + break; + case 't': + if (sym_is_choice(sym) && sym_get_tristate_value(sym) == yes) + conf_choice(submenu); + else if (submenu->prompt->type == P_MENU) + conf(submenu); + break; + case 's': + conf_string(submenu); + break; + case 'L': + conf_load(); + break; + case 'S': + conf_save(); + break; + } + break; + case 2: + if (sym) + show_help(submenu); + else + show_readme(); + break; + case 3: + if (type == 't') { + if (sym_set_tristate_value(sym, yes)) + break; + if (sym_set_tristate_value(sym, mod)) + show_textbox(NULL, setmod_text, 6, 74); + } + break; + case 4: + if (type == 't') + sym_set_tristate_value(sym, no); + break; + case 5: + if (type == 't') + sym_set_tristate_value(sym, mod); + break; + case 6: + if (type == 't') + sym_toggle_tristate_value(sym); + else if (type == 'm') + conf(submenu); + break; + } + } +} + +static void show_textbox(const char *title, const char *text, int r, int c) +{ + int fd; + + fd = creat(".help.tmp", 0777); + write(fd, text, strlen(text)); + close(fd); + while (dialog_textbox(title, ".help.tmp", r, c) < 0) + ; + unlink(".help.tmp"); +} + +static void show_helptext(const char *title, const char *text) +{ + show_textbox(title, text, rows, cols); +} + +static void show_help(struct menu *menu) +{ + const char *help; + char *helptext; + struct symbol *sym = menu->sym; + + help = sym->help; + if (!help) + help = nohelp_text; + if (sym->name) { + helptext = malloc(strlen(sym->name) + strlen(help) + 16); + sprintf(helptext, "%s:\n\n%s", sym->name, help); + show_helptext(menu_get_prompt(menu), helptext); + free(helptext); + } else + show_helptext(menu_get_prompt(menu), help); +} + +static void show_readme(void) +{ + show_helptext("Help", top_menu_help); +} + +static void conf_choice(struct menu *menu) +{ + const char *prompt = menu_get_prompt(menu); + struct menu *child; + struct symbol *active; + + active = sym_get_choice_value(menu->sym); + while (1) { + current_menu = menu; + cdone(); cinit(); + for (child = menu->list; child; child = child->next) { + if (!menu_is_visible(child)) + continue; + cmake(); + cprint_tag("%p", child); + cprint_name("%s", menu_get_prompt(child)); + if (child->sym == sym_get_choice_value(menu->sym)) + items[item_no - 1]->selected = 1; /* ON */ + else if (child->sym == active) + items[item_no - 1]->selected = 2; /* SELECTED */ + else + items[item_no - 1]->selected = 0; /* OFF */ + } + + switch (dialog_checklist(prompt ? prompt : "Main Menu", + radiolist_instructions, 15, 70, 6, + item_no, items, FLAG_RADIO)) { + case 0: + if (sscanf(first_sel_item(item_no, items)->tag, "%p", &child) != 1) + break; + sym_set_tristate_value(child->sym, yes); + return; + case 1: + if (sscanf(first_sel_item(item_no, items)->tag, "%p", &child) == 1) { + show_help(child); + active = child->sym; + } else + show_help(menu); + break; + case 255: + return; + } + } +} + +static void conf_string(struct menu *menu) +{ + const char *prompt = menu_get_prompt(menu); + + while (1) { + char *heading; + + switch (sym_get_type(menu->sym)) { + case S_INT: + heading = (char *) inputbox_instructions_int; + break; + case S_HEX: + heading = (char *) inputbox_instructions_hex; + break; + case S_STRING: + heading = (char *) inputbox_instructions_string; + break; + default: + heading = "Internal mconf error!"; + /* panic? */; + } + + switch (dialog_inputbox(prompt ? prompt : "Main Menu", + heading, 10, 75, + sym_get_string_value(menu->sym))) { + case 0: + if (sym_set_string_value(menu->sym, (const char*)dialog_input_result)) + return; + show_textbox(NULL, "You have made an invalid entry.", 5, 43); + break; + case 1: + show_help(menu); + break; + case 255: + return; + } + } +} + +static void conf_load(void) +{ + while (1) { + switch (dialog_inputbox(NULL, load_config_text, 11, 55, + filename)) { + case 0: + if (!dialog_input_result[0]) + return; + if (!conf_read((const char*)dialog_input_result)) + return; + show_textbox(NULL, "File does not exist!", 5, 38); + break; + case 1: + show_helptext("Load Alternate Configuration", load_config_help); + break; + case 255: + return; + } + } +} + +static void conf_save(void) +{ + while (1) { + switch (dialog_inputbox(NULL, save_config_text, 11, 55, + filename)) { + case 0: + if (!dialog_input_result[0]) + return; + if (!conf_write((const char*)dialog_input_result)) + return; + show_textbox(NULL, "Can't create file! Probably a nonexistent directory.", 5, 60); + break; + case 1: + show_helptext("Save Alternate Configuration", save_config_help); + break; + case 255: + return; + } + } +} + +static void conf_cleanup(void) +{ + tcsetattr(1, TCSAFLUSH, &ios_org); + unlink(".help.tmp"); +} + +static void winch_handler(int sig) +{ + struct winsize ws; + + if (ioctl(1, TIOCGWINSZ, &ws) == -1) { + rows = 24; + cols = 80; + } else { + rows = ws.ws_row; + cols = ws.ws_col; + } + + if (rows < 19 || cols < 80) { + end_dialog(); + fprintf(stderr, "Your display is too small to run Menuconfig!\n"); + fprintf(stderr, "It must be at least 19 lines by 80 columns.\n"); + exit(1); + } + + rows -= 4; + cols -= 5; + +} + +int main(int ac, char **av) +{ + int stat; + char *mode; + struct symbol *sym; + + conf_parse(av[1]); + conf_read(NULL); + + sym = sym_lookup("VERSION", 0); + sym_calc_value(sym); + snprintf(menu_backtitle, 128, "OpenADK v%s Configuration", + sym_get_string_value(sym)); + + mode = getenv("MENUCONFIG_MODE"); + if (mode) { + if (!strcasecmp(mode, "single_menu")) + single_menu_mode = 1; + } + + tcgetattr(1, &ios_org); + atexit(conf_cleanup); + init_wsize(); + init_dialog(); + signal(SIGWINCH, winch_handler); + conf(&rootmenu); + end_dialog(); + + /* Restart dialog to act more like when lxdialog was still separate */ + init_dialog(); + do { + stat = dialog_yesno(NULL, + "Do you wish to save your new OpenADK configuration?", 5, 60); + } while (stat < 0); + end_dialog(); + + if (stat == 0) { + conf_write(NULL); + printf("\n\n*** End of OpenADK configuration.\n"); + } else + printf("\n\nYour OpenADK configuration changes were NOT saved.\n\n"); + + return 0; +} diff --git a/config/menu.c b/config/menu.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f6e6200ce --- /dev/null +++ b/config/menu.c @@ -0,0 +1,436 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2002 Roman Zippel + * Released under the terms of the GNU GPL v2.0. + */ + +#include +#include + +#define LKC_DIRECT_LINK +#include "lkc.h" + +struct menu rootmenu; +struct menu *current_menu, *current_entry; +static struct menu **last_entry_ptr; + +struct file *file_list; +struct file *current_file; + +static void menu_warn(struct menu *menu, const char *fmt, ...) +{ + va_list ap; + va_start(ap, fmt); + fprintf(stderr, "%s:%d:warning: ", menu->file->name, menu->lineno); + vfprintf(stderr, fmt, ap); + fprintf(stderr, "\n"); + va_end(ap); +} + +static void prop_warn(struct property *prop, const char *fmt, ...) +{ + va_list ap; + va_start(ap, fmt); + fprintf(stderr, "%s:%d:warning: ", prop->file->name, prop->lineno); + vfprintf(stderr, fmt, ap); + fprintf(stderr, "\n"); + va_end(ap); +} + +void menu_init(void) +{ + current_entry = current_menu = &rootmenu; + last_entry_ptr = &rootmenu.list; +} + +void menu_add_entry(struct symbol *sym) +{ + struct menu *menu; + + menu = malloc(sizeof(*menu)); + memset(menu, 0, sizeof(*menu)); + menu->sym = sym; + menu->parent = current_menu; + menu->file = current_file; + menu->lineno = zconf_lineno(); + + *last_entry_ptr = menu; + last_entry_ptr = &menu->next; + current_entry = menu; +} + +void menu_end_entry(void) +{ +} + +void menu_add_menu(void) +{ + current_menu = current_entry; + last_entry_ptr = ¤t_entry->list; +} + +void menu_end_menu(void) +{ + last_entry_ptr = ¤t_menu->next; + current_menu = current_menu->parent; +} + +struct expr *menu_check_dep(struct expr *e) +{ + if (!e) + return e; + + switch (e->type) { + case E_NOT: + e->left.expr = menu_check_dep(e->left.expr); + break; + case E_OR: + case E_AND: + e->left.expr = menu_check_dep(e->left.expr); + e->right.expr = menu_check_dep(e->right.expr); + break; + case E_SYMBOL: + /* change 'm' into 'm' && MODULES */ + if (e->left.sym == &symbol_mod) + return expr_alloc_and(e, expr_alloc_symbol(modules_sym)); + break; + default: + break; + } + return e; +} + +void menu_add_dep(struct expr *dep) +{ + current_entry->dep = expr_alloc_and(current_entry->dep, menu_check_dep(dep)); +} + +void menu_set_type(int type) +{ + struct symbol *sym = current_entry->sym; + + if (sym->type == type) + return; + if (sym->type == S_UNKNOWN) { + sym->type = type; + return; + } + menu_warn(current_entry, "type of '%s' redefined from '%s' to '%s'\n", + sym->name ? sym->name : "", + sym_type_name(sym->type), sym_type_name(type)); +} + +struct property *menu_add_prop(enum prop_type type, char *prompt, struct expr *expr, struct expr *dep) +{ + struct property *prop = prop_alloc(type, current_entry->sym); + + prop->menu = current_entry; + prop->text = prompt; + prop->expr = expr; + prop->visible.expr = menu_check_dep(dep); + + if (prompt) { + if (current_entry->prompt) + menu_warn(current_entry, "prompt redefined\n"); + current_entry->prompt = prop; + } + + return prop; +} + +void menu_add_prompt(enum prop_type type, char *prompt, struct expr *dep) +{ + menu_add_prop(type, prompt, NULL, dep); +} + +void menu_add_expr(enum prop_type type, struct expr *expr, struct expr *dep) +{ + menu_add_prop(type, NULL, expr, dep); +} + +void menu_add_symbol(enum prop_type type, struct symbol *sym, struct expr *dep) +{ + menu_add_prop(type, NULL, expr_alloc_symbol(sym), dep); +} + +void sym_check_prop(struct symbol *sym) +{ + struct property *prop; + struct symbol *sym2; + for (prop = sym->prop; prop; prop = prop->next) { + switch (prop->type) { + case P_DEFAULT: + if ((sym->type == S_STRING || sym->type == S_INT || sym->type == S_HEX) && + prop->expr->type != E_SYMBOL) + prop_warn(prop, + "default for config symbol '%'" + " must be a single symbol", sym->name); + break; + case P_SELECT: + case P_SELECTNOT: + sym2 = prop_get_symbol(prop); + if (sym->type != S_BOOLEAN && sym->type != S_TRISTATE) + prop_warn(prop, + "config symbol '%s' uses select, but is " + "not boolean or tristate", sym->name); + else if (sym2->type == S_UNKNOWN) + prop_warn(prop, + "'select' used by config symbol '%s' " + "refer to undefined symbol '%s'", + sym->name, sym2->name); + else if (sym2->type != S_BOOLEAN && sym2->type != S_TRISTATE) + prop_warn(prop, + "'%s' has wrong type. 'select' only " + "accept arguments of boolean and " + "tristate type", sym2->name); + break; + case P_RANGE: + if (sym->type != S_INT && sym->type != S_HEX) + prop_warn(prop, "range is only allowed " + "for int or hex symbols"); + if (!sym_string_valid(sym, prop->expr->left.sym->name) || + !sym_string_valid(sym, prop->expr->right.sym->name)) + prop_warn(prop, "range is invalid"); + break; + default: + ; + } + } +} + +void menu_finalize(struct menu *parent) +{ + struct menu *menu, *last_menu; + struct symbol *sym; + struct property *prop; + struct expr *parentdep, *basedep, *dep, *dep2, **ep; + + sym = parent->sym; + if (parent->list) { + if (sym && sym_is_choice(sym)) { + /* find the first choice value and find out choice type */ + for (menu = parent->list; menu; menu = menu->next) { + if (menu->sym) { + current_entry = parent; + menu_set_type(menu->sym->type); + current_entry = menu; + menu_set_type(sym->type); + break; + } + } + parentdep = expr_alloc_symbol(sym); + } else if (parent->prompt) + parentdep = parent->prompt->visible.expr; + else + parentdep = parent->dep; + + for (menu = parent->list; menu; menu = menu->next) { + basedep = expr_transform(menu->dep); + basedep = expr_alloc_and(expr_copy(parentdep), basedep); + basedep = expr_eliminate_dups(basedep); + menu->dep = basedep; + if (menu->sym) + prop = menu->sym->prop; + else + prop = menu->prompt; + for (; prop; prop = prop->next) { + if (prop->menu != menu) + continue; + dep = expr_transform(prop->visible.expr); + dep = expr_alloc_and(expr_copy(basedep), dep); + dep = expr_eliminate_dups(dep); + if (menu->sym && menu->sym->type != S_TRISTATE) + dep = expr_trans_bool(dep); + prop->visible.expr = dep; + if (prop->type == P_SELECT) { + struct symbol *es = prop_get_symbol(prop); + es->rev_dep.expr = expr_alloc_or(es->rev_dep.expr, + expr_alloc_and(expr_alloc_symbol(menu->sym), expr_copy(dep))); + } else if (prop->type == P_SELECTNOT) { + struct symbol *es = prop_get_symbol(prop); + es->rev_dep_inv.expr = expr_alloc_or(es->rev_dep_inv.expr, + expr_alloc_and(expr_alloc_symbol(menu->sym), expr_copy(dep))); + } + } + } + for (menu = parent->list; menu; menu = menu->next) + menu_finalize(menu); + } else if (sym) { + basedep = parent->prompt ? parent->prompt->visible.expr : NULL; + basedep = expr_trans_compare(basedep, E_UNEQUAL, &symbol_no); + basedep = expr_eliminate_dups(expr_transform(basedep)); + last_menu = NULL; + for (menu = parent->next; menu; menu = menu->next) { + dep = menu->prompt ? menu->prompt->visible.expr : menu->dep; + if (!expr_contains_symbol(dep, sym)) + break; + if (expr_depends_symbol(dep, sym)) + goto next; + dep = expr_trans_compare(dep, E_UNEQUAL, &symbol_no); + dep = expr_eliminate_dups(expr_transform(dep)); + dep2 = expr_copy(basedep); + expr_eliminate_eq(&dep, &dep2); + expr_free(dep); + if (!expr_is_yes(dep2)) { + expr_free(dep2); + break; + } + expr_free(dep2); + next: + menu_finalize(menu); + menu->parent = parent; + last_menu = menu; + } + if (last_menu) { + parent->list = parent->next; + parent->next = last_menu->next; + last_menu->next = NULL; + } + } + for (menu = parent->list; menu; menu = menu->next) { + if (sym && sym_is_choice(sym) && menu->sym) { + menu->sym->flags |= SYMBOL_CHOICEVAL; + if (!menu->prompt) + menu_warn(menu, "choice value must have a prompt"); + for (prop = menu->sym->prop; prop; prop = prop->next) { + if (prop->type == P_PROMPT && prop->menu != menu) { + prop_warn(prop, "choice values " + "currently only support a " + "single prompt"); + } + if (prop->type == P_DEFAULT) + prop_warn(prop, "defaults for choice " + "values not supported"); + } + current_entry = menu; + menu_set_type(sym->type); + menu_add_symbol(P_CHOICE, sym, NULL); + prop = sym_get_choice_prop(sym); + for (ep = &prop->expr; *ep; ep = &(*ep)->left.expr) + ; + *ep = expr_alloc_one(E_CHOICE, NULL); + (*ep)->right.sym = menu->sym; + } + if (menu->list && (!menu->prompt || !menu->prompt->text)) { + for (last_menu = menu->list; ; last_menu = last_menu->next) { + last_menu->parent = parent; + if (!last_menu->next) + break; + } + last_menu->next = menu->next; + menu->next = menu->list; + menu->list = NULL; + } + } + + if (sym && !(sym->flags & SYMBOL_WARNED)) { + if (sym->type == S_UNKNOWN) + menu_warn(parent, "config symbol defined " + "without type\n"); + + if (sym_is_choice(sym) && !parent->prompt) + menu_warn(parent, "choice must have a prompt\n"); + + /* Check properties connected to this symbol */ + sym_check_prop(sym); + sym->flags |= SYMBOL_WARNED; + } + + if (sym && !sym_is_optional(sym) && parent->prompt) { + sym->rev_dep.expr = expr_alloc_or(sym->rev_dep.expr, + expr_alloc_and(parent->prompt->visible.expr, + expr_alloc_symbol(&symbol_mod))); + } +} + +bool menu_is_visible(struct menu *menu) +{ + struct menu *child; + struct symbol *sym; + tristate visible; + + if (!menu->prompt) + return false; + sym = menu->sym; + if (sym) { + sym_calc_value(sym); + visible = menu->prompt->visible.tri; + } else + visible = menu->prompt->visible.tri = expr_calc_value(menu->prompt->visible.expr); + + if (visible != no) + return true; + if (!sym || sym_get_tristate_value(menu->sym) == no) + return false; + + for (child = menu->list; child; child = child->next) + if (menu_is_visible(child)) + return true; + return false; +} + +const char *menu_get_prompt(struct menu *menu) +{ + if (menu->prompt) + return menu->prompt->text; + else if (menu->sym) + return menu->sym->name; + return NULL; +} + +struct menu *menu_get_root_menu(struct menu *menu) +{ + return &rootmenu; +} + +struct menu *menu_get_parent_menu(struct menu *menu) +{ + enum prop_type type; + + for (; menu != &rootmenu; menu = menu->parent) { + type = menu->prompt ? menu->prompt->type : 0; + if (type == P_MENU) + break; + } + return menu; +} + +struct file *file_lookup(const char *name) +{ + struct file *file; + + for (file = file_list; file; file = file->next) { + if (!strcmp(name, file->name)) + return file; + } + + file = malloc(sizeof(*file)); + memset(file, 0, sizeof(*file)); + file->name = strdup(name); + file->next = file_list; + file_list = file; + return file; +} + +int file_write_dep(const char *name) +{ + struct file *file; + FILE *out; + + if (!name) + name = ".config.cmd"; + out = fopen(".config.tmp", "w"); + if (!out) + return 1; + fprintf(out, "deps_config := \\\n"); + for (file = file_list; file; file = file->next) { + if (file->next) + fprintf(out, "\t%s \\\n", file->name); + else + fprintf(out, "\t%s\n", file->name); + } + fprintf(out, "\n.config include/config.h: $(deps_config)\n\n$(deps_config):\n"); + fclose(out); + rename(".config.tmp", name); + return 0; +} + diff --git a/config/menubox.c b/config/menubox.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c2fd755b4 --- /dev/null +++ b/config/menubox.c @@ -0,0 +1,438 @@ +/* + * menubox.c -- implements the menu box + * + * ORIGINAL AUTHOR: Savio Lam (lam836@cs.cuhk.hk) + * MODIFIED FOR LINUX KERNEL CONFIG BY: William Roadcap (roadcapw@cfw.com) + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License + * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 + * of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. + */ + +/* + * Changes by Clifford Wolf (god@clifford.at) + * + * [ 1998-06-13 ] + * + * *) A bugfix for the Page-Down problem + * + * *) Formerly when I used Page Down and Page Up, the cursor would be set + * to the first position in the menu box. Now lxdialog is a bit + * smarter and works more like other menu systems (just have a look at + * it). + * + * *) Formerly if I selected something my scrolling would be broken because + * lxdialog is re-invoked by the Menuconfig shell script, can't + * remember the last scrolling position, and just sets it so that the + * cursor is at the bottom of the box. Now it writes the temporary file + * lxdialog.scrltmp which contains this information. The file is + * deleted by lxdialog if the user leaves a submenu or enters a new + * one, but it would be nice if Menuconfig could make another "rm -f" + * just to be sure. Just try it out - you will recognise a difference! + * + * [ 1998-06-14 ] + * + * *) Now lxdialog is crash-safe against broken "lxdialog.scrltmp" files + * and menus change their size on the fly. + * + * *) If for some reason the last scrolling position is not saved by + * lxdialog, it sets the scrolling so that the selected item is in the + * middle of the menu box, not at the bottom. + * + * 02 January 1999, Michael Elizabeth Chastain (mec@shout.net) + * Reset 'scroll' to 0 if the value from lxdialog.scrltmp is bogus. + * This fixes a bug in Menuconfig where using ' ' to descend into menus + * would leave mis-synchronized lxdialog.scrltmp files lying around, + * fscanf would read in 'scroll', and eventually that value would get used. + */ + +#include "dialog.h" + +static int menu_width, item_x; + +/* + * Print menu item + */ +static void +print_item (WINDOW * win, const char *item, int choice, int selected, int hotkey) +{ + int j; + char menu_item[menu_width+1]; + + strncpy(menu_item, item, menu_width); + menu_item[menu_width] = 0; + j = first_alpha(menu_item, "YyNnMm"); + + /* Clear 'residue' of last item */ + wattrset (win, menubox_attr); + wmove (win, choice, 0); +#if OLD_NCURSES + { + int i; + for (i = 0; i < menu_width; i++) + waddch (win, ' '); + } +#else + wclrtoeol(win); +#endif + wattrset (win, selected ? item_selected_attr : item_attr); + mvwaddstr (win, choice, item_x, menu_item); +#if 0 + if (hotkey) { + wattrset (win, selected ? tag_key_selected_attr : tag_key_attr); + mvwaddch(win, choice, item_x+j, menu_item[j]); + } +#endif + if (selected) { + wmove (win, choice, item_x+1); + wrefresh (win); + } +} + +/* + * Print the scroll indicators. + */ +static void +print_arrows (WINDOW * win, int item_no, int scroll, + int y, int x, int height) +{ + int cur_y, cur_x; + + getyx(win, cur_y, cur_x); + + wmove(win, y, x); + + if (scroll > 0) { + wattrset (win, uarrow_attr); + waddch (win, ACS_UARROW); + waddstr (win, "(-)"); + } + else { + wattrset (win, menubox_attr); + waddch (win, ACS_HLINE); + waddch (win, ACS_HLINE); + waddch (win, ACS_HLINE); + waddch (win, ACS_HLINE); + } + + y = y + height + 1; + wmove(win, y, x); + + if ((height < item_no) && (scroll + height < item_no)) { + wattrset (win, darrow_attr); + waddch (win, ACS_DARROW); + waddstr (win, "(+)"); + } + else { + wattrset (win, menubox_border_attr); + waddch (win, ACS_HLINE); + waddch (win, ACS_HLINE); + waddch (win, ACS_HLINE); + waddch (win, ACS_HLINE); + } + + wmove(win, cur_y, cur_x); +} + +/* + * Display the termination buttons. + */ +static void +print_buttons (WINDOW *win, int height, int width, int selected) +{ + int x = width / 2 - 16; + int y = height - 2; + + print_button (win, "Select", y, x, selected == 0); + print_button (win, " Exit ", y, x + 12, selected == 1); + print_button (win, " Help ", y, x + 24, selected == 2); + + wmove(win, y, x+1+12*selected); + wrefresh (win); +} + +/* + * Display a menu for choosing among a number of options + */ +int +dialog_menu (const char *title, const char *prompt, int height, int width, + int menu_height, const char *current, int item_no, + struct dialog_list_item ** items) +{ + int i, j, x, y, box_x, box_y; + int key = 0, button = 0, scroll = 0, choice = 0, first_item = 0, max_choice; + WINDOW *dialog, *menu; + FILE *f; + + max_choice = MIN (menu_height, item_no); + + /* center dialog box on screen */ + x = (COLS - width) / 2; + y = (LINES - height) / 2; + + draw_shadow (stdscr, y, x, height, width); + + dialog = newwin (height, width, y, x); + keypad (dialog, TRUE); + + draw_box (dialog, 0, 0, height, width, dialog_attr, border_attr); + wattrset (dialog, border_attr); + mvwaddch (dialog, height - 3, 0, ACS_LTEE); + for (i = 0; i < width - 2; i++) + waddch (dialog, ACS_HLINE); + wattrset (dialog, dialog_attr); + wbkgdset (dialog, dialog_attr & A_COLOR); + waddch (dialog, ACS_RTEE); + + if (title != NULL && strlen(title) >= width-2 ) { + /* truncate long title -- mec */ + char * title2 = malloc(width-2+1); + memcpy( title2, title, width-2 ); + title2[width-2] = '\0'; + title = title2; + } + + if (title != NULL) { + wattrset (dialog, title_attr); + mvwaddch (dialog, 0, (width - strlen(title))/2 - 1, ' '); + waddstr (dialog, (char *)title); + waddch (dialog, ' '); + } + + wattrset (dialog, dialog_attr); + print_autowrap (dialog, prompt, width - 2, 1, 3); + + menu_width = width - 6; + box_y = height - menu_height - 5; + box_x = (width - menu_width) / 2 - 1; + + /* create new window for the menu */ + menu = subwin (dialog, menu_height, menu_width, + y + box_y + 1, x + box_x + 1); + keypad (menu, TRUE); + + /* draw a box around the menu items */ + draw_box (dialog, box_y, box_x, menu_height + 2, menu_width + 2, + menubox_border_attr, menubox_attr); + + /* + * Find length of longest item in order to center menu. + * Set 'choice' to default item. + */ + item_x = 0; + for (i = 0; i < item_no; i++) { + item_x = MAX (item_x, MIN(menu_width, strlen (items[i]->name) + 2)); + if (strcmp(current, items[i]->tag) == 0) choice = i; + } + + item_x = (menu_width - item_x) / 2; + + /* get the scroll info from the temp file */ + if ( (f=fopen("lxdialog.scrltmp","r")) != NULL ) { + if ( (fscanf(f,"%d\n",&scroll) == 1) && (scroll <= choice) && + (scroll+max_choice > choice) && (scroll >= 0) && + (scroll+max_choice <= item_no) ) { + first_item = scroll; + choice = choice - scroll; + fclose(f); + } else { + scroll=0; + remove("lxdialog.scrltmp"); + fclose(f); + f=NULL; + } + } + if ( (choice >= max_choice) || (f==NULL && choice >= max_choice/2) ) { + if (choice >= item_no-max_choice/2) + scroll = first_item = item_no-max_choice; + else + scroll = first_item = choice - max_choice/2; + choice = choice - scroll; + } + + /* Print the menu */ + for (i=0; i < max_choice; i++) { + print_item (menu, items[first_item + i]->name, i, i == choice, + (items[first_item + i]->tag[0] != ':')); + } + + wnoutrefresh (menu); + + print_arrows(dialog, item_no, scroll, + box_y, box_x+item_x+1, menu_height); + + print_buttons (dialog, height, width, 0); + wmove (menu, choice, item_x+1); + wrefresh (menu); + + while (key != ESC) { + key = wgetch(menu); + + if (key < 256 && isalpha(key)) key = tolower(key); + + if (strchr("ynm", key)) + i = max_choice; + else { + for (i = choice+1; i < max_choice; i++) { + j = first_alpha(items[scroll + i]->name, "YyNnMm>"); + if (key == tolower(items[scroll + i]->name[j])) + break; + } + if (i == max_choice) + for (i = 0; i < max_choice; i++) { + j = first_alpha(items[scroll + i]->name, "YyNnMm>"); + if (key == tolower(items[scroll + i]->name[j])) + break; + } + } + + if (i < max_choice || + key == KEY_UP || key == KEY_DOWN || + key == '-' || key == '+' || + key == KEY_PPAGE || key == KEY_NPAGE) { + + print_item (menu, items[scroll + choice]->name, choice, FALSE, + (items[scroll + choice]->tag[0] != ':')); + + if (key == KEY_UP || key == '-') { + if (choice < 2 && scroll) { + /* Scroll menu down */ + scrollok (menu, TRUE); + wscrl (menu, -1); + scrollok (menu, FALSE); + + scroll--; + + print_item (menu, items[scroll]->name, 0, FALSE, + (items[scroll]->tag[0] != ':')); + } else + choice = MAX(choice - 1, 0); + + } else if (key == KEY_DOWN || key == '+') { + + print_item (menu, items[scroll + choice]->name, choice, FALSE, + (items[scroll + choice]->tag[0] != ':')); + + if ((choice > max_choice-3) && + (scroll + max_choice < item_no) + ) { + /* Scroll menu up */ + scrollok (menu, TRUE); + scroll (menu); + scrollok (menu, FALSE); + + scroll++; + + print_item (menu, items[scroll + max_choice - 1]->name, + max_choice-1, FALSE, + (items[scroll + max_choice - 1]->tag[0] != ':')); + } else + choice = MIN(choice+1, max_choice-1); + + } else if (key == KEY_PPAGE) { + scrollok (menu, TRUE); + for (i=0; (i < max_choice); i++) { + if (scroll > 0) { + wscrl (menu, -1); + scroll--; + print_item (menu, items[scroll]->name, 0, FALSE, + (items[scroll]->tag[0] != ':')); + } else { + if (choice > 0) + choice--; + } + } + scrollok (menu, FALSE); + + } else if (key == KEY_NPAGE) { + for (i=0; (i < max_choice); i++) { + if (scroll+max_choice < item_no) { + scrollok (menu, TRUE); + scroll(menu); + scrollok (menu, FALSE); + scroll++; + print_item (menu, items[scroll + max_choice - 1]->name, + max_choice-1, FALSE, + (items[scroll + max_choice - 1]->tag[0] != ':')); + } else { + if (choice+1 < max_choice) + choice++; + } + } + + } else + choice = i; + + print_item (menu, items[scroll + choice]->name, choice, TRUE, + (items[scroll + choice]->tag[0] != ':')); + + print_arrows(dialog, item_no, scroll, + box_y, box_x+item_x+1, menu_height); + + wnoutrefresh (dialog); + wrefresh (menu); + + continue; /* wait for another key press */ + } + + switch (key) { + case KEY_LEFT: + case TAB: + case KEY_RIGHT: + button = ((key == KEY_LEFT ? --button : ++button) < 0) + ? 2 : (button > 2 ? 0 : button); + + print_buttons(dialog, height, width, button); + wrefresh (menu); + break; + case ' ': + case 's': + case 'y': + case 'n': + case 'm': + /* save scroll info */ + if ( (f=fopen("lxdialog.scrltmp","w")) != NULL ) { + fprintf(f,"%d\n",scroll); + fclose(f); + } + delwin (dialog); + items[scroll + choice]->selected = 1; + switch (key) { + case 's': return 3; + case 'y': return 3; + case 'n': return 4; + case 'm': return 5; + case ' ': return 6; + } + return 0; + case 'h': + case '?': + button = 2; + case '\n': + delwin (dialog); + items[scroll + choice]->selected = 1; + + remove("lxdialog.scrltmp"); + return button; + case 'e': + case 'x': + key = ESC; + case ESC: + break; + } + } + + delwin (dialog); + remove("lxdialog.scrltmp"); + return -1; /* ESC pressed */ +} diff --git a/config/msgbox.c b/config/msgbox.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..93692e1fb --- /dev/null +++ b/config/msgbox.c @@ -0,0 +1,85 @@ +/* + * msgbox.c -- implements the message box and info box + * + * ORIGINAL AUTHOR: Savio Lam (lam836@cs.cuhk.hk) + * MODIFIED FOR LINUX KERNEL CONFIG BY: William Roadcap (roadcapw@cfw.com) + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License + * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 + * of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. + */ + +#include "dialog.h" + +/* + * Display a message box. Program will pause and display an "OK" button + * if the parameter 'pause' is non-zero. + */ +int +dialog_msgbox (const char *title, const char *prompt, int height, int width, + int pause) +{ + int i, x, y, key = 0; + WINDOW *dialog; + + /* center dialog box on screen */ + x = (COLS - width) / 2; + y = (LINES - height) / 2; + + draw_shadow (stdscr, y, x, height, width); + + dialog = newwin (height, width, y, x); + keypad (dialog, TRUE); + + draw_box (dialog, 0, 0, height, width, dialog_attr, border_attr); + + if (title != NULL && strlen(title) >= width-2 ) { + /* truncate long title -- mec */ + char * title2 = malloc(width-2+1); + memcpy( title2, title, width-2 ); + title2[width-2] = '\0'; + title = title2; + } + + if (title != NULL) { + wattrset (dialog, title_attr); + mvwaddch (dialog, 0, (width - strlen(title))/2 - 1, ' '); + waddstr (dialog, (char *)title); + waddch (dialog, ' '); + } + wattrset (dialog, dialog_attr); + print_autowrap (dialog, prompt, width - 2, 1, 2); + + if (pause) { + wattrset (dialog, border_attr); + mvwaddch (dialog, height - 3, 0, ACS_LTEE); + for (i = 0; i < width - 2; i++) + waddch (dialog, ACS_HLINE); + wattrset (dialog, dialog_attr); + waddch (dialog, ACS_RTEE); + + print_button (dialog, " Ok ", + height - 2, width / 2 - 4, TRUE); + + wrefresh (dialog); + while (key != ESC && key != '\n' && key != ' ' && + key != 'O' && key != 'o' && key != 'X' && key != 'x') + key = wgetch (dialog); + } else { + key = '\n'; + wrefresh (dialog); + } + + delwin (dialog); + return key == ESC ? -1 : 0; +} diff --git a/config/symbol.c b/config/symbol.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b9d2c3d2a --- /dev/null +++ b/config/symbol.c @@ -0,0 +1,782 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2002 Roman Zippel + * Released under the terms of the GNU GPL v2.0. + */ + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#define LKC_DIRECT_LINK +#include "lkc.h" + +extern int output_mode; + +struct symbol symbol_yes = { + .name = "y", + .curr = { "y", yes }, + .flags = SYMBOL_YES|SYMBOL_VALID, +}, symbol_mod = { + .name = "m", + .curr = { "m", mod }, + .flags = SYMBOL_MOD|SYMBOL_VALID, +}, symbol_no = { + .name = "n", + .curr = { "n", no }, + .flags = SYMBOL_NO|SYMBOL_VALID, +}, symbol_empty = { + .name = "", + .curr = { "", no }, + .flags = SYMBOL_VALID, +}; + +int sym_change_count; +struct symbol *modules_sym; +tristate modules_val; + +void sym_add_default(struct symbol *sym, const char *def) +{ + struct property *prop = prop_alloc(P_DEFAULT, sym); + + prop->expr = expr_alloc_symbol(sym_lookup(def, 1)); +} + +void sym_init(void) +{ + struct symbol *sym; + char *p; + static bool inited = false; + + if (inited) + return; + inited = true; + + sym = sym_lookup("VERSION", 0); + sym->type = S_STRING; + sym->flags |= SYMBOL_AUTO; + p = getenv("VERSION"); + if (p) + sym_add_default(sym, p); + + sym = sym_lookup("TARGET_ARCH", 0); + sym->type = S_STRING; + sym->flags |= SYMBOL_AUTO; + p = getenv("TARGET_ARCH"); + if (p) + sym_add_default(sym, p); + +} + +enum symbol_type sym_get_type(struct symbol *sym) +{ + enum symbol_type type = sym->type; + + if (type == S_TRISTATE) { + if (sym_is_choice_value(sym) && sym->visible == yes) + type = S_BOOLEAN; + else if (modules_val == no) + type = S_BOOLEAN; + } + return type; +} + +const char *sym_type_name(enum symbol_type type) +{ + switch (type) { + case S_BOOLEAN: + return "boolean"; + case S_TRISTATE: + return "tristate"; + case S_INT: + return "integer"; + case S_HEX: + return "hex"; + case S_STRING: + return "string"; + case S_UNKNOWN: + return "unknown"; + case S_OTHER: + break; + } + return "???"; +} + +struct property *sym_get_choice_prop(struct symbol *sym) +{ + struct property *prop; + + for_all_choices(sym, prop) + return prop; + return NULL; +} + +struct property *sym_get_default_prop(struct symbol *sym) +{ + struct property *prop; + + for_all_defaults(sym, prop) { + prop->visible.tri = expr_calc_value(prop->visible.expr); + if (prop->visible.tri != no || output_mode) + return prop; + } + return NULL; +} + +struct property *sym_get_range_prop(struct symbol *sym) +{ + struct property *prop; + + for_all_properties(sym, prop, P_RANGE) { + prop->visible.tri = expr_calc_value(prop->visible.expr); + if (prop->visible.tri != no) + return prop; + } + return NULL; +} + +static void sym_calc_visibility(struct symbol *sym) +{ + struct property *prop; + tristate tri; + bool deselected = false; + + /* any prompt visible? */ + tri = no; + for_all_prompts(sym, prop) { + prop->visible.tri = expr_calc_value(prop->visible.expr); + tri = E_OR(tri, prop->visible.tri); + } + if (tri == mod && (sym->type != S_TRISTATE || modules_val == no)) + tri = yes; + if (sym->rev_dep_inv.expr && (expr_calc_value(sym->rev_dep_inv.expr) == yes)) { + tri = no; + deselected = true; + } + if (sym->visible != tri) { + sym->visible = tri; + sym_set_changed(sym); + } + if (sym_is_choice_value(sym) || deselected) + return; + tri = no; + if (sym->rev_dep.expr) + tri = expr_calc_value(sym->rev_dep.expr); + if (tri == mod && sym_get_type(sym) == S_BOOLEAN) + tri = yes; + if (sym->rev_dep.tri != tri) { + sym->rev_dep.tri = tri; + sym_set_changed(sym); + } +} + +static struct symbol *sym_calc_choice(struct symbol *sym) +{ + struct symbol *def_sym; + struct property *prop; + struct expr *e; + + /* is the user choice visible? */ + def_sym = sym->user.val; + if (def_sym) { + sym_calc_visibility(def_sym); + if (def_sym->visible != no) + return def_sym; + } + + /* any of the defaults visible? */ + for_all_defaults(sym, prop) { + prop->visible.tri = expr_calc_value(prop->visible.expr); + if (prop->visible.tri == no) + continue; + def_sym = prop_get_symbol(prop); + sym_calc_visibility(def_sym); + if (def_sym->visible != no) + return def_sym; + } + + /* just get the first visible value */ + prop = sym_get_choice_prop(sym); + for (e = prop->expr; e; e = e->left.expr) { + def_sym = e->right.sym; + sym_calc_visibility(def_sym); + if (def_sym->visible != no) + return def_sym; + } + + /* no choice? reset tristate value */ + sym->curr.tri = no; + return NULL; +} + +void sym_calc_value(struct symbol *sym) +{ + struct symbol_value newval, oldval; + struct property *prop; + struct expr *e; + + if (!sym) + return; + + if (sym->flags & SYMBOL_VALID) + return; + sym->flags |= SYMBOL_VALID; + + oldval = sym->curr; + + switch (sym->type) { + case S_INT: + case S_HEX: + case S_STRING: + newval = symbol_empty.curr; + break; + case S_BOOLEAN: + case S_TRISTATE: + newval = symbol_no.curr; + break; + default: + sym->curr.val = sym->name; + sym->curr.tri = no; + return; + } + if (!sym_is_choice_value(sym)) + sym->flags &= ~SYMBOL_WRITE; + + sym_calc_visibility(sym); + + /* set default if recursively called */ + sym->curr = newval; + + switch (sym_get_type(sym)) { + case S_BOOLEAN: + case S_TRISTATE: + if (sym_is_choice_value(sym) && sym->visible == yes) { + prop = sym_get_choice_prop(sym); + newval.tri = (prop_get_symbol(prop)->curr.val == sym) ? yes : no; + } else if (sym->rev_dep_inv.expr && (expr_calc_value(sym->rev_dep_inv.expr) == yes)) { + newval.tri = no; + } else if (E_OR(sym->visible, sym->rev_dep.tri) != no) { + sym->flags |= SYMBOL_WRITE; + if (sym_has_value(sym)) + newval.tri = sym->user.tri; + else if (!sym_is_choice(sym)) { + prop = sym_get_default_prop(sym); + if (prop) + newval.tri = expr_calc_value(prop->expr); + } + newval.tri = E_OR(E_AND(newval.tri, sym->visible), sym->rev_dep.tri); + } else if (!sym_is_choice(sym)) { + prop = sym_get_default_prop(sym); + if (prop) { + sym->flags |= SYMBOL_WRITE; + newval.tri = expr_calc_value(prop->expr); + } + } + if (newval.tri == mod && sym_get_type(sym) == S_BOOLEAN) + newval.tri = yes; + break; + case S_STRING: + case S_HEX: + case S_INT: + if (sym->visible != no) { + sym->flags |= SYMBOL_WRITE; + if (sym_has_value(sym)) { + newval.val = sym->user.val; + break; + } + } + prop = sym_get_default_prop(sym); + if (prop) { + struct symbol *ds = prop_get_symbol(prop); + if (ds) { + sym->flags |= SYMBOL_WRITE; + sym_calc_value(ds); + newval.val = ds->curr.val; + } + } + break; + default: + ; + } + + sym->curr = newval; + if (sym_is_choice(sym) && newval.tri == yes) + sym->curr.val = sym_calc_choice(sym); + + if (memcmp(&oldval, &sym->curr, sizeof(oldval))) + sym_set_changed(sym); + if (modules_sym == sym) + modules_val = modules_sym->curr.tri; + + if (sym_is_choice(sym)) { + int flags = sym->flags & (SYMBOL_CHANGED | SYMBOL_WRITE); + prop = sym_get_choice_prop(sym); + for (e = prop->expr; e; e = e->left.expr) { + e->right.sym->flags |= flags; + if (flags & SYMBOL_CHANGED) + sym_set_changed(e->right.sym); + } + } +} + +void sym_clear_all_valid(void) +{ + struct symbol *sym; + int i; + + for_all_symbols(i, sym) + sym->flags &= ~SYMBOL_VALID; + sym_change_count++; + if (modules_sym) + sym_calc_value(modules_sym); +} + +void sym_set_changed(struct symbol *sym) +{ + struct property *prop; + + sym->flags |= SYMBOL_CHANGED; + for (prop = sym->prop; prop; prop = prop->next) { + if (prop->menu) + prop->menu->flags |= MENU_CHANGED; + } +} + +void sym_set_all_changed(void) +{ + struct symbol *sym; + int i; + + for_all_symbols(i, sym) + sym_set_changed(sym); +} + +bool sym_tristate_within_range(struct symbol *sym, tristate val) +{ + int type = sym_get_type(sym); + + if (sym->visible == no) + return false; + + if (type != S_BOOLEAN && type != S_TRISTATE) + return false; + + if (type == S_BOOLEAN && val == mod) + return false; + if (sym->visible <= sym->rev_dep.tri) + return false; + if (sym_is_choice_value(sym) && sym->visible == yes) + return val == yes; + return val >= sym->rev_dep.tri && val <= sym->visible; +} + +bool sym_set_tristate_value(struct symbol *sym, tristate val) +{ + tristate oldval = sym_get_tristate_value(sym); + + if (oldval != val && !sym_tristate_within_range(sym, val)) + return false; + + if (sym->flags & SYMBOL_NEW) { + sym->flags &= ~SYMBOL_NEW; + sym_set_changed(sym); + } + if (sym_is_choice_value(sym) && val == yes) { + struct symbol *cs = prop_get_symbol(sym_get_choice_prop(sym)); + + cs->user.val = sym; + cs->flags &= ~SYMBOL_NEW; + } + + sym->user.tri = val; + if (oldval != val) { + sym_clear_all_valid(); + if (sym == modules_sym) + sym_set_all_changed(); + } + + return true; +} + +tristate sym_toggle_tristate_value(struct symbol *sym) +{ + tristate oldval, newval; + + oldval = newval = sym_get_tristate_value(sym); + do { + switch (newval) { + case no: + newval = mod; + break; + case mod: + newval = yes; + break; + case yes: + newval = no; + break; + } + if (sym_set_tristate_value(sym, newval)) + break; + } while (oldval != newval); + return newval; +} + +bool sym_string_valid(struct symbol *sym, const char *str) +{ + char ch; + + switch (sym->type) { + case S_STRING: + return true; + case S_INT: + ch = *str++; + if (ch == '-') + ch = *str++; + if (!isdigit(ch)) + return false; + if (ch == '0' && *str != 0) + return false; + while ((ch = *str++)) { + if (!isdigit(ch)) + return false; + } + return true; + case S_HEX: + if (str[0] == '0' && (str[1] == 'x' || str[1] == 'X')) + str += 2; + ch = *str++; + do { + if (!isxdigit(ch)) + return false; + } while ((ch = *str++)); + return true; + case S_BOOLEAN: + case S_TRISTATE: + switch (str[0]) { + case 'y': case 'Y': + case 'm': case 'M': + case 'n': case 'N': + return true; + } + return false; + default: + return false; + } +} + +bool sym_string_within_range(struct symbol *sym, const char *str) +{ + struct property *prop; + int val; + + switch (sym->type) { + case S_STRING: + return sym_string_valid(sym, str); + case S_INT: + if (!sym_string_valid(sym, str)) + return false; + prop = sym_get_range_prop(sym); + if (!prop) + return true; + val = strtol(str, NULL, 10); + return val >= strtol(prop->expr->left.sym->name, NULL, 10) && + val <= strtol(prop->expr->right.sym->name, NULL, 10); + case S_HEX: + if (!sym_string_valid(sym, str)) + return false; + prop = sym_get_range_prop(sym); + if (!prop) + return true; + val = strtol(str, NULL, 16); + return val >= strtol(prop->expr->left.sym->name, NULL, 16) && + val <= strtol(prop->expr->right.sym->name, NULL, 16); + case S_BOOLEAN: + case S_TRISTATE: + switch (str[0]) { + case 'y': case 'Y': + return sym_tristate_within_range(sym, yes); + case 'm': case 'M': + return sym_tristate_within_range(sym, mod); + case 'n': case 'N': + return sym_tristate_within_range(sym, no); + } + return false; + default: + return false; + } +} + +bool sym_set_string_value(struct symbol *sym, const char *newval) +{ + const char *oldval; + char *val; + int size; + + switch (sym->type) { + case S_BOOLEAN: + case S_TRISTATE: + switch (newval[0]) { + case 'y': case 'Y': + return sym_set_tristate_value(sym, yes); + case 'm': case 'M': + return sym_set_tristate_value(sym, mod); + case 'n': case 'N': + return sym_set_tristate_value(sym, no); + } + return false; + default: + ; + } + + if (!sym_string_within_range(sym, newval)) + return false; + + if (sym->flags & SYMBOL_NEW) { + sym->flags &= ~SYMBOL_NEW; + sym_set_changed(sym); + } + + oldval = sym->user.val; + size = strlen(newval) + 1; + if (sym->type == S_HEX && (newval[0] != '0' || (newval[1] != 'x' && newval[1] != 'X'))) { + size += 2; + sym->user.val = val = malloc(size); + *val++ = '0'; + *val++ = 'x'; + } else if (!oldval || strcmp(oldval, newval)) + sym->user.val = val = malloc(size); + else + return true; + + strcpy(val, newval); + free((void *)oldval); + sym_clear_all_valid(); + + return true; +} + +const char *sym_get_string_value(struct symbol *sym) +{ + tristate val; + + switch (sym->type) { + case S_BOOLEAN: + case S_TRISTATE: + val = sym_get_tristate_value(sym); + switch (val) { + case no: + return "n"; + case mod: + return "m"; + case yes: + return "y"; + } + break; + default: + ; + } + return (const char *)sym->curr.val; +} + +bool sym_is_changable(struct symbol *sym) +{ + return sym->visible > sym->rev_dep.tri; +} + +struct symbol *sym_lookup(const char *name, int isconst) +{ + struct symbol *symbol; + const char *ptr; + char *new_name; + int hash = 0; + + if (name) { + if (name[0] && !name[1]) { + switch (name[0]) { + case 'y': return &symbol_yes; + case 'm': return &symbol_mod; + case 'n': return &symbol_no; + } + } + for (ptr = name; *ptr; ptr++) + hash += *ptr; + hash &= 0xff; + + for (symbol = symbol_hash[hash]; symbol; symbol = symbol->next) { + if (!strcmp(symbol->name, name)) { + if ((isconst && symbol->flags & SYMBOL_CONST) || + (!isconst && !(symbol->flags & SYMBOL_CONST))) + return symbol; + } + } + new_name = strdup(name); + } else { + new_name = NULL; + hash = 256; + } + + symbol = malloc(sizeof(*symbol)); + memset(symbol, 0, sizeof(*symbol)); + symbol->name = new_name; + symbol->type = S_UNKNOWN; + symbol->flags = SYMBOL_NEW; + if (isconst) + symbol->flags |= SYMBOL_CONST; + + symbol->next = symbol_hash[hash]; + symbol_hash[hash] = symbol; + + return symbol; +} + +struct symbol *sym_find(const char *name) +{ + struct symbol *symbol = NULL; + const char *ptr; + int hash = 0; + + if (!name) + return NULL; + + if (name[0] && !name[1]) { + switch (name[0]) { + case 'y': return &symbol_yes; + case 'm': return &symbol_mod; + case 'n': return &symbol_no; + } + } + for (ptr = name; *ptr; ptr++) + hash += *ptr; + hash &= 0xff; + + for (symbol = symbol_hash[hash]; symbol; symbol = symbol->next) { + if (!strcmp(symbol->name, name) && + !(symbol->flags & SYMBOL_CONST)) + break; + } + + return symbol; +} + +struct symbol *sym_check_deps(struct symbol *sym); + +static struct symbol *sym_check_expr_deps(struct expr *e) +{ + struct symbol *sym; + + if (!e) + return NULL; + switch (e->type) { + case E_OR: + case E_AND: + sym = sym_check_expr_deps(e->left.expr); + if (sym) + return sym; + return sym_check_expr_deps(e->right.expr); + case E_NOT: + return sym_check_expr_deps(e->left.expr); + case E_EQUAL: + case E_UNEQUAL: + sym = sym_check_deps(e->left.sym); + if (sym) + return sym; + return sym_check_deps(e->right.sym); + case E_SYMBOL: + return sym_check_deps(e->left.sym); + default: + break; + } + printf("Oops! How to check %d?\n", e->type); + return NULL; +} + +struct symbol *sym_check_deps(struct symbol *sym) +{ + struct symbol *sym2; + struct property *prop; + + if (sym->flags & SYMBOL_CHECK_DONE) + return NULL; + if (sym->flags & SYMBOL_CHECK) { + printf("Warning! Found recursive dependency: %s", sym->name); + return sym; + } + + sym->flags |= (SYMBOL_CHECK | SYMBOL_CHECKED); + sym2 = sym_check_expr_deps(sym->rev_dep.expr); + if (sym2) + goto out; + + for (prop = sym->prop; prop; prop = prop->next) { + if (prop->type == P_CHOICE || prop->type == P_SELECT || prop->type == P_SELECTNOT) + continue; + sym2 = sym_check_expr_deps(prop->visible.expr); + if (sym2) + goto out; + if (prop->type != P_DEFAULT || sym_is_choice(sym)) + continue; + sym2 = sym_check_expr_deps(prop->expr); + if (sym2) + goto out; + } +out: + if (sym2) + printf(" %s", sym->name); + sym->flags &= ~SYMBOL_CHECK; + return sym2; +} + +struct property *prop_alloc(enum prop_type type, struct symbol *sym) +{ + struct property *prop; + struct property **propp; + + prop = malloc(sizeof(*prop)); + memset(prop, 0, sizeof(*prop)); + prop->type = type; + prop->sym = sym; + prop->file = current_file; + prop->lineno = zconf_lineno(); + + /* append property to the prop list of symbol */ + if (sym) { + for (propp = &sym->prop; *propp; propp = &(*propp)->next) + ; + *propp = prop; + } + + return prop; +} + +struct symbol *prop_get_symbol(struct property *prop) +{ + if (prop->expr && (prop->expr->type == E_SYMBOL || + prop->expr->type == E_CHOICE)) + return prop->expr->left.sym; + return NULL; +} + +const char *prop_get_type_name(enum prop_type type) +{ + switch (type) { + case P_PROMPT: + return "prompt"; + case P_COMMENT: + return "comment"; + case P_MENU: + return "menu"; + case P_DEFAULT: + return "default"; + case P_CHOICE: + return "choice"; + case P_SELECT: + case P_SELECTNOT: + return "select"; + case P_RANGE: + return "range"; + case P_UNKNOWN: + break; + } + return "unknown"; +} diff --git a/config/textbox.c b/config/textbox.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a5a460b5c --- /dev/null +++ b/config/textbox.c @@ -0,0 +1,556 @@ +/* + * textbox.c -- implements the text box + * + * ORIGINAL AUTHOR: Savio Lam (lam836@cs.cuhk.hk) + * MODIFIED FOR LINUX KERNEL CONFIG BY: William Roadcap (roadcap@cfw.com) + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License + * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 + * of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. + */ + +#include "dialog.h" + +static void back_lines (int n); +static void print_page (WINDOW * win, int height, int width); +static void print_line (WINDOW * win, int row, int width); +static char *get_line (void); +static void print_position (WINDOW * win, int height, int width); + +static int hscroll, fd, file_size, bytes_read; +static int begin_reached = 1, end_reached, page_length; +static char *buf, *page; + +/* + * Display text from a file in a dialog box. + */ +int +dialog_textbox (const char *title, const char *file, int height, int width) +{ + int i, x, y, cur_x, cur_y, fpos, key = 0; + int passed_end; + char search_term[MAX_LEN + 1]; + WINDOW *dialog, *text; + + search_term[0] = '\0'; /* no search term entered yet */ + + /* Open input file for reading */ + if ((fd = open (file, O_RDONLY)) == -1) { + endwin (); + fprintf (stderr, + "\nCan't open input file in dialog_textbox().\n"); + exit (-1); + } + /* Get file size. Actually, 'file_size' is the real file size - 1, + since it's only the last byte offset from the beginning */ + if ((file_size = lseek (fd, 0, SEEK_END)) == -1) { + endwin (); + fprintf (stderr, "\nError getting file size in dialog_textbox().\n"); + exit (-1); + } + /* Restore file pointer to beginning of file after getting file size */ + if (lseek (fd, 0, SEEK_SET) == -1) { + endwin (); + fprintf (stderr, "\nError moving file pointer in dialog_textbox().\n"); + exit (-1); + } + /* Allocate space for read buffer */ + if ((buf = malloc (BUF_SIZE + 1)) == NULL) { + endwin (); + fprintf (stderr, "\nCan't allocate memory in dialog_textbox().\n"); + exit (-1); + } + if ((bytes_read = read (fd, buf, BUF_SIZE)) == -1) { + endwin (); + fprintf (stderr, "\nError reading file in dialog_textbox().\n"); + exit (-1); + } + buf[bytes_read] = '\0'; /* mark end of valid data */ + page = buf; /* page is pointer to start of page to be displayed */ + + /* center dialog box on screen */ + x = (COLS - width) / 2; + y = (LINES - height) / 2; + + + draw_shadow (stdscr, y, x, height, width); + + dialog = newwin (height, width, y, x); + keypad (dialog, TRUE); + + /* Create window for text region, used for scrolling text */ + text = subwin (dialog, height - 4, width - 2, y + 1, x + 1); + wattrset (text, dialog_attr); + wbkgdset (text, dialog_attr & A_COLOR); + + keypad (text, TRUE); + + /* register the new window, along with its borders */ + draw_box (dialog, 0, 0, height, width, dialog_attr, border_attr); + + wattrset (dialog, border_attr); + mvwaddch (dialog, height-3, 0, ACS_LTEE); + for (i = 0; i < width - 2; i++) + waddch (dialog, ACS_HLINE); + wattrset (dialog, dialog_attr); + wbkgdset (dialog, dialog_attr & A_COLOR); + waddch (dialog, ACS_RTEE); + + if (title != NULL && strlen(title) >= width-2 ) { + /* truncate long title -- mec */ + char * title2 = malloc(width-2+1); + memcpy( title2, title, width-2 ); + title2[width-2] = '\0'; + title = title2; + } + + if (title != NULL) { + wattrset (dialog, title_attr); + mvwaddch (dialog, 0, (width - strlen(title))/2 - 1, ' '); + waddstr (dialog, (char *)title); + waddch (dialog, ' '); + } + print_button (dialog, " Exit ", height - 2, width / 2 - 4, TRUE); + wnoutrefresh (dialog); + getyx (dialog, cur_y, cur_x); /* Save cursor position */ + + /* Print first page of text */ + attr_clear (text, height - 4, width - 2, dialog_attr); + print_page (text, height - 4, width - 2); + print_position (dialog, height, width); + wmove (dialog, cur_y, cur_x); /* Restore cursor position */ + wrefresh (dialog); + + while ((key != ESC) && (key != '\n')) { + key = wgetch (dialog); + switch (key) { + case 'E': /* Exit */ + case 'e': + case 'X': + case 'x': + delwin (dialog); + free (buf); + close (fd); + return 0; + case 'g': /* First page */ + case KEY_HOME: + if (!begin_reached) { + begin_reached = 1; + /* First page not in buffer? */ + if ((fpos = lseek (fd, 0, SEEK_CUR)) == -1) { + endwin (); + fprintf (stderr, + "\nError moving file pointer in dialog_textbox().\n"); + exit (-1); + } + if (fpos > bytes_read) { /* Yes, we have to read it in */ + if (lseek (fd, 0, SEEK_SET) == -1) { + endwin (); + fprintf (stderr, "\nError moving file pointer in " + "dialog_textbox().\n"); + exit (-1); + } + if ((bytes_read = read (fd, buf, BUF_SIZE)) == -1) { + endwin (); + fprintf (stderr, + "\nError reading file in dialog_textbox().\n"); + exit (-1); + } + buf[bytes_read] = '\0'; + } + page = buf; + print_page (text, height - 4, width - 2); + print_position (dialog, height, width); + wmove (dialog, cur_y, cur_x); /* Restore cursor position */ + wrefresh (dialog); + } + break; + case 'G': /* Last page */ + case KEY_END: + + end_reached = 1; + /* Last page not in buffer? */ + if ((fpos = lseek (fd, 0, SEEK_CUR)) == -1) { + endwin (); + fprintf (stderr, + "\nError moving file pointer in dialog_textbox().\n"); + exit (-1); + } + if (fpos < file_size) { /* Yes, we have to read it in */ + if (lseek (fd, -BUF_SIZE, SEEK_END) == -1) { + endwin (); + fprintf (stderr, + "\nError moving file pointer in dialog_textbox().\n"); + exit (-1); + } + if ((bytes_read = read (fd, buf, BUF_SIZE)) == -1) { + endwin (); + fprintf (stderr, + "\nError reading file in dialog_textbox().\n"); + exit (-1); + } + buf[bytes_read] = '\0'; + } + page = buf + bytes_read; + back_lines (height - 4); + print_page (text, height - 4, width - 2); + print_position (dialog, height, width); + wmove (dialog, cur_y, cur_x); /* Restore cursor position */ + wrefresh (dialog); + break; + case 'K': /* Previous line */ + case 'k': + case KEY_UP: + if (!begin_reached) { + back_lines (page_length + 1); + + /* We don't call print_page() here but use scrolling to ensure + faster screen update. However, 'end_reached' and + 'page_length' should still be updated, and 'page' should + point to start of next page. This is done by calling + get_line() in the following 'for' loop. */ + scrollok (text, TRUE); + wscrl (text, -1); /* Scroll text region down one line */ + scrollok (text, FALSE); + page_length = 0; + passed_end = 0; + for (i = 0; i < height - 4; i++) { + if (!i) { + /* print first line of page */ + print_line (text, 0, width - 2); + wnoutrefresh (text); + } else + /* Called to update 'end_reached' and 'page' */ + get_line (); + if (!passed_end) + page_length++; + if (end_reached && !passed_end) + passed_end = 1; + } + + print_position (dialog, height, width); + wmove (dialog, cur_y, cur_x); /* Restore cursor position */ + wrefresh (dialog); + } + break; + case 'B': /* Previous page */ + case 'b': + case KEY_PPAGE: + if (begin_reached) + break; + back_lines (page_length + height - 4); + print_page (text, height - 4, width - 2); + print_position (dialog, height, width); + wmove (dialog, cur_y, cur_x); + wrefresh (dialog); + break; + case 'J': /* Next line */ + case 'j': + case KEY_DOWN: + if (!end_reached) { + begin_reached = 0; + scrollok (text, TRUE); + scroll (text); /* Scroll text region up one line */ + scrollok (text, FALSE); + print_line (text, height - 5, width - 2); + wnoutrefresh (text); + print_position (dialog, height, width); + wmove (dialog, cur_y, cur_x); /* Restore cursor position */ + wrefresh (dialog); + } + break; + case KEY_NPAGE: /* Next page */ + case ' ': + if (end_reached) + break; + + begin_reached = 0; + print_page (text, height - 4, width - 2); + print_position (dialog, height, width); + wmove (dialog, cur_y, cur_x); + wrefresh (dialog); + break; + case '0': /* Beginning of line */ + case 'H': /* Scroll left */ + case 'h': + case KEY_LEFT: + if (hscroll <= 0) + break; + + if (key == '0') + hscroll = 0; + else + hscroll--; + /* Reprint current page to scroll horizontally */ + back_lines (page_length); + print_page (text, height - 4, width - 2); + wmove (dialog, cur_y, cur_x); + wrefresh (dialog); + break; + case 'L': /* Scroll right */ + case 'l': + case KEY_RIGHT: + if (hscroll >= MAX_LEN) + break; + hscroll++; + /* Reprint current page to scroll horizontally */ + back_lines (page_length); + print_page (text, height - 4, width - 2); + wmove (dialog, cur_y, cur_x); + wrefresh (dialog); + break; + case ESC: + break; + } + } + + delwin (dialog); + free (buf); + close (fd); + return 1; /* ESC pressed */ +} + +/* + * Go back 'n' lines in text file. Called by dialog_textbox(). + * 'page' will be updated to point to the desired line in 'buf'. + */ +static void +back_lines (int n) +{ + int i, fpos; + + begin_reached = 0; + /* We have to distinguish between end_reached and !end_reached + since at end of file, the line is not ended by a '\n'. + The code inside 'if' basically does a '--page' to move one + character backward so as to skip '\n' of the previous line */ + if (!end_reached) { + /* Either beginning of buffer or beginning of file reached? */ + if (page == buf) { + if ((fpos = lseek (fd, 0, SEEK_CUR)) == -1) { + endwin (); + fprintf (stderr, "\nError moving file pointer in " + "back_lines().\n"); + exit (-1); + } + if (fpos > bytes_read) { /* Not beginning of file yet */ + /* We've reached beginning of buffer, but not beginning of + file yet, so read previous part of file into buffer. + Note that we only move backward for BUF_SIZE/2 bytes, + but not BUF_SIZE bytes to avoid re-reading again in + print_page() later */ + /* Really possible to move backward BUF_SIZE/2 bytes? */ + if (fpos < BUF_SIZE / 2 + bytes_read) { + /* No, move less then */ + if (lseek (fd, 0, SEEK_SET) == -1) { + endwin (); + fprintf (stderr, "\nError moving file pointer in " + "back_lines().\n"); + exit (-1); + } + page = buf + fpos - bytes_read; + } else { /* Move backward BUF_SIZE/2 bytes */ + if (lseek (fd, -(BUF_SIZE / 2 + bytes_read), SEEK_CUR) + == -1) { + endwin (); + fprintf (stderr, "\nError moving file pointer " + "in back_lines().\n"); + exit (-1); + } + page = buf + BUF_SIZE / 2; + } + if ((bytes_read = read (fd, buf, BUF_SIZE)) == -1) { + endwin (); + fprintf (stderr, "\nError reading file in back_lines().\n"); + exit (-1); + } + buf[bytes_read] = '\0'; + } else { /* Beginning of file reached */ + begin_reached = 1; + return; + } + } + if (*(--page) != '\n') { /* '--page' here */ + /* Something's wrong... */ + endwin (); + fprintf (stderr, "\nInternal error in back_lines().\n"); + exit (-1); + } + } + /* Go back 'n' lines */ + for (i = 0; i < n; i++) + do { + if (page == buf) { + if ((fpos = lseek (fd, 0, SEEK_CUR)) == -1) { + endwin (); + fprintf (stderr, + "\nError moving file pointer in back_lines().\n"); + exit (-1); + } + if (fpos > bytes_read) { + /* Really possible to move backward BUF_SIZE/2 bytes? */ + if (fpos < BUF_SIZE / 2 + bytes_read) { + /* No, move less then */ + if (lseek (fd, 0, SEEK_SET) == -1) { + endwin (); + fprintf (stderr, "\nError moving file pointer " + "in back_lines().\n"); + exit (-1); + } + page = buf + fpos - bytes_read; + } else { /* Move backward BUF_SIZE/2 bytes */ + if (lseek (fd, -(BUF_SIZE / 2 + bytes_read), + SEEK_CUR) == -1) { + endwin (); + fprintf (stderr, "\nError moving file pointer" + " in back_lines().\n"); + exit (-1); + } + page = buf + BUF_SIZE / 2; + } + if ((bytes_read = read (fd, buf, BUF_SIZE)) == -1) { + endwin (); + fprintf (stderr, "\nError reading file in " + "back_lines().\n"); + exit (-1); + } + buf[bytes_read] = '\0'; + } else { /* Beginning of file reached */ + begin_reached = 1; + return; + } + } + } while (*(--page) != '\n'); + page++; +} + +/* + * Print a new page of text. Called by dialog_textbox(). + */ +static void +print_page (WINDOW * win, int height, int width) +{ + int i, passed_end = 0; + + page_length = 0; + for (i = 0; i < height; i++) { + print_line (win, i, width); + if (!passed_end) + page_length++; + if (end_reached && !passed_end) + passed_end = 1; + } + wnoutrefresh (win); +} + +/* + * Print a new line of text. Called by dialog_textbox() and print_page(). + */ +static void +print_line (WINDOW * win, int row, int width) +{ + int y, x; + char *line; + + line = get_line (); + line += MIN (strlen (line), hscroll); /* Scroll horizontally */ + wmove (win, row, 0); /* move cursor to correct line */ + waddch (win, ' '); + waddnstr (win, line, MIN (strlen (line), width - 2)); + + getyx (win, y, x); + /* Clear 'residue' of previous line */ +#if OLD_NCURSES + { + int i; + for (i = 0; i < width - x; i++) + waddch (win, ' '); + } +#else + wclrtoeol(win); +#endif +} + +/* + * Return current line of text. Called by dialog_textbox() and print_line(). + * 'page' should point to start of current line before calling, and will be + * updated to point to start of next line. + */ +static char * +get_line (void) +{ + int i = 0, fpos; + static char line[MAX_LEN + 1]; + + end_reached = 0; + while (*page != '\n') { + if (*page == '\0') { + /* Either end of file or end of buffer reached */ + if ((fpos = lseek (fd, 0, SEEK_CUR)) == -1) { + endwin (); + fprintf (stderr, "\nError moving file pointer in " + "get_line().\n"); + exit (-1); + } + if (fpos < file_size) { /* Not end of file yet */ + /* We've reached end of buffer, but not end of file yet, + so read next part of file into buffer */ + if ((bytes_read = read (fd, buf, BUF_SIZE)) == -1) { + endwin (); + fprintf (stderr, "\nError reading file in get_line().\n"); + exit (-1); + } + buf[bytes_read] = '\0'; + page = buf; + } else { + if (!end_reached) + end_reached = 1; + break; + } + } else if (i < MAX_LEN) + line[i++] = *(page++); + else { + /* Truncate lines longer than MAX_LEN characters */ + if (i == MAX_LEN) + line[i++] = '\0'; + page++; + } + } + if (i <= MAX_LEN) + line[i] = '\0'; + if (!end_reached) + page++; /* move pass '\n' */ + + return line; +} + +/* + * Print current position + */ +static void +print_position (WINDOW * win, int height, int width) +{ + int fpos, percent; + + if ((fpos = lseek (fd, 0, SEEK_CUR)) == -1) { + endwin (); + fprintf (stderr, "\nError moving file pointer in print_position().\n"); + exit (-1); + } + wattrset (win, position_indicator_attr); + wbkgdset (win, position_indicator_attr & A_COLOR); + percent = !file_size ? + 100 : ((fpos - bytes_read + page - buf) * 100) / file_size; + wmove (win, height - 3, width - 9); + wprintw (win, "(%3d%%)", percent); +} diff --git a/config/util.c b/config/util.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0a2f82757 --- /dev/null +++ b/config/util.c @@ -0,0 +1,375 @@ +/* + * util.c + * + * ORIGINAL AUTHOR: Savio Lam (lam836@cs.cuhk.hk) + * MODIFIED FOR LINUX KERNEL CONFIG BY: William Roadcap (roadcap@cfw.com) + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License + * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 + * of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. + */ + +#include "dialog.h" + + +/* use colors by default? */ +bool use_colors = 1; + +char *backtitle = NULL; + +const char *dialog_result; + +/* + * Attribute values, default is for mono display + */ +chtype attributes[] = +{ + A_NORMAL, /* screen_attr */ + A_NORMAL, /* shadow_attr */ + A_NORMAL, /* dialog_attr */ + A_BOLD, /* title_attr */ + A_NORMAL, /* border_attr */ + A_REVERSE, /* button_active_attr */ + A_DIM, /* button_inactive_attr */ + A_REVERSE, /* button_key_active_attr */ + A_BOLD, /* button_key_inactive_attr */ + A_REVERSE, /* button_label_active_attr */ + A_NORMAL, /* button_label_inactive_attr */ + A_NORMAL, /* inputbox_attr */ + A_NORMAL, /* inputbox_border_attr */ + A_NORMAL, /* searchbox_attr */ + A_BOLD, /* searchbox_title_attr */ + A_NORMAL, /* searchbox_border_attr */ + A_BOLD, /* position_indicator_attr */ + A_NORMAL, /* menubox_attr */ + A_NORMAL, /* menubox_border_attr */ + A_NORMAL, /* item_attr */ + A_REVERSE, /* item_selected_attr */ + A_BOLD, /* tag_attr */ + A_REVERSE, /* tag_selected_attr */ + A_BOLD, /* tag_key_attr */ + A_REVERSE, /* tag_key_selected_attr */ + A_BOLD, /* check_attr */ + A_REVERSE, /* check_selected_attr */ + A_BOLD, /* uarrow_attr */ + A_BOLD /* darrow_attr */ +}; + + +#include "colors.h" + +/* + * Table of color values + */ +int color_table[][3] = +{ + {SCREEN_FG, SCREEN_BG, SCREEN_HL}, + {SHADOW_FG, SHADOW_BG, SHADOW_HL}, + {DIALOG_FG, DIALOG_BG, DIALOG_HL}, + {TITLE_FG, TITLE_BG, TITLE_HL}, + {BORDER_FG, BORDER_BG, BORDER_HL}, + {BUTTON_ACTIVE_FG, BUTTON_ACTIVE_BG, BUTTON_ACTIVE_HL}, + {BUTTON_INACTIVE_FG, BUTTON_INACTIVE_BG, BUTTON_INACTIVE_HL}, + {BUTTON_KEY_ACTIVE_FG, BUTTON_KEY_ACTIVE_BG, BUTTON_KEY_ACTIVE_HL}, + {BUTTON_KEY_INACTIVE_FG, BUTTON_KEY_INACTIVE_BG, BUTTON_KEY_INACTIVE_HL}, + {BUTTON_LABEL_ACTIVE_FG, BUTTON_LABEL_ACTIVE_BG, BUTTON_LABEL_ACTIVE_HL}, + {BUTTON_LABEL_INACTIVE_FG, BUTTON_LABEL_INACTIVE_BG, + BUTTON_LABEL_INACTIVE_HL}, + {INPUTBOX_FG, INPUTBOX_BG, INPUTBOX_HL}, + {INPUTBOX_BORDER_FG, INPUTBOX_BORDER_BG, INPUTBOX_BORDER_HL}, + {SEARCHBOX_FG, SEARCHBOX_BG, SEARCHBOX_HL}, + {SEARCHBOX_TITLE_FG, SEARCHBOX_TITLE_BG, SEARCHBOX_TITLE_HL}, + {SEARCHBOX_BORDER_FG, SEARCHBOX_BORDER_BG, SEARCHBOX_BORDER_HL}, + {POSITION_INDICATOR_FG, POSITION_INDICATOR_BG, POSITION_INDICATOR_HL}, + {MENUBOX_FG, MENUBOX_BG, MENUBOX_HL}, + {MENUBOX_BORDER_FG, MENUBOX_BORDER_BG, MENUBOX_BORDER_HL}, + {ITEM_FG, ITEM_BG, ITEM_HL}, + {ITEM_SELECTED_FG, ITEM_SELECTED_BG, ITEM_SELECTED_HL}, + {TAG_FG, TAG_BG, TAG_HL}, + {TAG_SELECTED_FG, TAG_SELECTED_BG, TAG_SELECTED_HL}, + {TAG_KEY_FG, TAG_KEY_BG, TAG_KEY_HL}, + {TAG_KEY_SELECTED_FG, TAG_KEY_SELECTED_BG, TAG_KEY_SELECTED_HL}, + {CHECK_FG, CHECK_BG, CHECK_HL}, + {CHECK_SELECTED_FG, CHECK_SELECTED_BG, CHECK_SELECTED_HL}, + {UARROW_FG, UARROW_BG, UARROW_HL}, + {DARROW_FG, DARROW_BG, DARROW_HL}, +}; /* color_table */ + +/* + * Set window to attribute 'attr' + */ +void +attr_clear (WINDOW * win, int height, int width, chtype attr) +{ + int i, j; + + wattrset (win, attr); + for (i = 0; i < height; i++) { + wmove (win, i, 0); + for (j = 0; j < width; j++) + waddch (win, ' '); + } + touchwin (win); +} + +void dialog_clear (void) +{ + attr_clear (stdscr, LINES, COLS, screen_attr); + /* Display background title if it exists ... - SLH */ + if (backtitle != NULL) { + int i; + + wattrset (stdscr, screen_attr); + mvwaddstr (stdscr, 0, 1, (char *)backtitle); + wmove (stdscr, 1, 1); + for (i = 1; i < COLS - 1; i++) + waddch (stdscr, ACS_HLINE); + } + wnoutrefresh (stdscr); +} + +/* + * Do some initialization for dialog + */ +void +init_dialog (void) +{ + initscr (); /* Init curses */ + keypad (stdscr, TRUE); + cbreak (); + noecho (); + + + if (use_colors) /* Set up colors */ + color_setup (); + + + dialog_clear (); +} + +/* + * Setup for color display + */ +void +color_setup (void) +{ + int i; + + if (has_colors ()) { /* Terminal supports color? */ + start_color (); + + /* Initialize color pairs */ + for (i = 0; i < ATTRIBUTE_COUNT; i++) + init_pair (i + 1, color_table[i][0], color_table[i][1]); + + /* Setup color attributes */ + for (i = 0; i < ATTRIBUTE_COUNT; i++) + attributes[i] = C_ATTR (color_table[i][2], i + 1); + } +} + +/* + * End using dialog functions. + */ +void +end_dialog (void) +{ + endwin (); +} + + +/* + * Print a string of text in a window, automatically wrap around to the + * next line if the string is too long to fit on one line. Newline + * characters '\n' are replaced by spaces. We start on a new line + * if there is no room for at least 4 nonblanks following a double-space. + */ +void +print_autowrap (WINDOW * win, const char *prompt, int width, int y, int x) +{ + int newl, cur_x, cur_y; + int i, prompt_len, room, wlen; + char tempstr[MAX_LEN + 1], *word, *sp, *sp2; + + strcpy (tempstr, prompt); + + prompt_len = strlen(tempstr); + + /* + * Remove newlines + */ + for(i=0; i room || + (newl && wlen < 4 && sp && wlen+1+strlen(sp) > room + && (!(sp2 = index(sp, ' ')) || wlen+1+(sp2-sp) > room))) { + cur_y++; + cur_x = x; + } + wmove (win, cur_y, cur_x); + waddstr (win, word); + getyx (win, cur_y, cur_x); + cur_x++; + if (sp && *sp == ' ') { + cur_x++; /* double space */ + while (*++sp == ' '); + newl = 1; + } else + newl = 0; + word = sp; + } + } +} + +/* + * Print a button + */ +void +print_button (WINDOW * win, const char *label, int y, int x, int selected) +{ + int i, temp; + + wmove (win, y, x); + wattrset (win, selected ? button_active_attr : button_inactive_attr); + waddstr (win, "<"); + temp = strspn (label, " "); + label += temp; + wattrset (win, selected ? button_label_active_attr + : button_label_inactive_attr); + for (i = 0; i < temp; i++) + waddch (win, ' '); + wattrset (win, selected ? button_key_active_attr + : button_key_inactive_attr); + waddch (win, label[0]); + wattrset (win, selected ? button_label_active_attr + : button_label_inactive_attr); + waddstr (win, (char *)label + 1); + wattrset (win, selected ? button_active_attr : button_inactive_attr); + waddstr (win, ">"); + wmove (win, y, x + temp + 1); +} + +/* + * Draw a rectangular box with line drawing characters + */ +void +draw_box (WINDOW * win, int y, int x, int height, int width, + chtype box, chtype border) +{ + int i, j; + + wattrset (win, 0); + for (i = 0; i < height; i++) { + wmove (win, y + i, x); + for (j = 0; j < width; j++) + if (!i && !j) + waddch (win, border | ACS_ULCORNER); + else if (i == height - 1 && !j) + waddch (win, border | ACS_LLCORNER); + else if (!i && j == width - 1) + waddch (win, box | ACS_URCORNER); + else if (i == height - 1 && j == width - 1) + waddch (win, box | ACS_LRCORNER); + else if (!i) + waddch (win, border | ACS_HLINE); + else if (i == height - 1) + waddch (win, box | ACS_HLINE); + else if (!j) + waddch (win, border | ACS_VLINE); + else if (j == width - 1) + waddch (win, box | ACS_VLINE); + else + waddch (win, box | ' '); + } +} + +/* + * Draw shadows along the right and bottom edge to give a more 3D look + * to the boxes + */ +void +draw_shadow (WINDOW * win, int y, int x, int height, int width) +{ + int i; + + if (has_colors ()) { /* Whether terminal supports color? */ + wattrset (win, shadow_attr); + wmove (win, y + height, x + 2); + for (i = 0; i < width; i++) + waddch (win, winch (win) & A_CHARTEXT); + for (i = y + 1; i < y + height + 1; i++) { + wmove (win, i, x + width); + waddch (win, winch (win) & A_CHARTEXT); + waddch (win, winch (win) & A_CHARTEXT); + } + wnoutrefresh (win); + } +} + +/* + * Return the position of the first alphabetic character in a string. + */ +int +first_alpha(const char *string, const char *exempt) +{ + int i, in_paren=0, c; + + for (i = 0; i < strlen(string); i++) { + c = tolower(string[i]); + + if (strchr("<[(", c)) ++in_paren; + if (strchr(">])", c) && in_paren > 0) --in_paren; + + if ((! in_paren) && isalpha(c) && + strchr(exempt, c) == 0) + return i; + } + + return 0; +} + +/* + * Get the first selected item in the dialog_list_item list. + */ +struct dialog_list_item * +first_sel_item(int item_no, struct dialog_list_item ** items) +{ + int i; + + for (i = 0; i < item_no; i++) { + if (items[i]->selected) + return items[i]; + } + + return NULL; +} diff --git a/config/yesno.c b/config/yesno.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..11fcc25f5 --- /dev/null +++ b/config/yesno.c @@ -0,0 +1,118 @@ +/* + * yesno.c -- implements the yes/no box + * + * ORIGINAL AUTHOR: Savio Lam (lam836@cs.cuhk.hk) + * MODIFIED FOR LINUX KERNEL CONFIG BY: William Roadcap (roadcap@cfw.com) + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License + * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 + * of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. + */ + +#include "dialog.h" + +/* + * Display termination buttons + */ +static void +print_buttons(WINDOW *dialog, int height, int width, int selected) +{ + int x = width / 2 - 10; + int y = height - 2; + + print_button (dialog, " Yes ", y, x, selected == 0); + print_button (dialog, " No ", y, x + 13, selected == 1); + + wmove(dialog, y, x+1 + 13*selected ); + wrefresh (dialog); +} + +/* + * Display a dialog box with two buttons - Yes and No + */ +int +dialog_yesno (const char *title, const char *prompt, int height, int width) +{ + int i, x, y, key = 0, button = 0; + WINDOW *dialog; + + /* center dialog box on screen */ + x = (COLS - width) / 2; + y = (LINES - height) / 2; + + draw_shadow (stdscr, y, x, height, width); + + dialog = newwin (height, width, y, x); + keypad (dialog, TRUE); + + draw_box (dialog, 0, 0, height, width, dialog_attr, border_attr); + wattrset (dialog, border_attr); + mvwaddch (dialog, height-3, 0, ACS_LTEE); + for (i = 0; i < width - 2; i++) + waddch (dialog, ACS_HLINE); + wattrset (dialog, dialog_attr); + waddch (dialog, ACS_RTEE); + + if (title != NULL && strlen(title) >= width-2 ) { + /* truncate long title -- mec */ + char * title2 = malloc(width-2+1); + memcpy( title2, title, width-2 ); + title2[width-2] = '\0'; + title = title2; + } + + if (title != NULL) { + wattrset (dialog, title_attr); + mvwaddch (dialog, 0, (width - strlen(title))/2 - 1, ' '); + waddstr (dialog, (char *)title); + waddch (dialog, ' '); + } + + wattrset (dialog, dialog_attr); + print_autowrap (dialog, prompt, width - 2, 1, 3); + + print_buttons(dialog, height, width, 0); + + while (key != ESC) { + key = wgetch (dialog); + switch (key) { + case 'Y': + case 'y': + delwin (dialog); + return 0; + case 'N': + case 'n': + delwin (dialog); + return 1; + + case TAB: + case KEY_LEFT: + case KEY_RIGHT: + button = ((key == KEY_LEFT ? --button : ++button) < 0) + ? 1 : (button > 1 ? 0 : button); + + print_buttons(dialog, height, width, button); + wrefresh (dialog); + break; + case ' ': + case '\n': + delwin (dialog); + return button; + case ESC: + break; + } + } + + delwin (dialog); + return -1; /* ESC pressed */ +} diff --git a/config/zconf.l b/config/zconf.l new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3a4947a88 --- /dev/null +++ b/config/zconf.l @@ -0,0 +1,387 @@ +%option backup nostdinit noyywrap never-interactive full ecs +%option 8bit backup nodefault perf-report perf-report +%x COMMAND HELP STRING PARAM +%{ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2002 Roman Zippel + * Released under the terms of the GNU GPL v2.0. + */ + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#define LKC_DIRECT_LINK +#include "lkc.h" + +#define START_STRSIZE 16 + +char *text; +static char *text_ptr; +static int text_size, text_asize; + +struct buffer { + struct buffer *parent; + YY_BUFFER_STATE state; +}; + +struct buffer *current_buf; + +static int last_ts, first_ts; + +static void zconf_endhelp(void); +static struct buffer *zconf_endfile(void); + +void new_string(void) +{ + text = malloc(START_STRSIZE); + text_asize = START_STRSIZE; + text_ptr = text; + text_size = 0; + *text_ptr = 0; +} + +void append_string(const char *str, int size) +{ + int new_size = text_size + size + 1; + if (new_size > text_asize) { + text = realloc(text, new_size); + text_asize = new_size; + text_ptr = text + text_size; + } + memcpy(text_ptr, str, size); + text_ptr += size; + text_size += size; + *text_ptr = 0; +} + +void alloc_string(const char *str, int size) +{ + text = malloc(size + 1); + memcpy(text, str, size); + text[size] = 0; +} +%} + +ws [ \n\t] +n [A-Za-z0-9_] + +%% + int str = 0; + int ts, i; + +[ \t]*#.*\n current_file->lineno++; +[ \t]*#.* + +[ \t]*\n current_file->lineno++; return T_EOL; + +[ \t]+ { + BEGIN(COMMAND); +} + +. { + unput(yytext[0]); + BEGIN(COMMAND); +} + + +{ + "mainmenu" BEGIN(PARAM); return T_MAINMENU; + "menu" BEGIN(PARAM); return T_MENU; + "endmenu" BEGIN(PARAM); return T_ENDMENU; + "source" BEGIN(PARAM); return T_SOURCE; + "choice" BEGIN(PARAM); return T_CHOICE; + "endchoice" BEGIN(PARAM); return T_ENDCHOICE; + "comment" BEGIN(PARAM); return T_COMMENT; + "config" BEGIN(PARAM); return T_CONFIG; + "menuconfig" BEGIN(PARAM); return T_MENUCONFIG; + "help" BEGIN(PARAM); return T_HELP; + "if" BEGIN(PARAM); return T_IF; + "endif" BEGIN(PARAM); return T_ENDIF; + "depends" BEGIN(PARAM); return T_DEPENDS; + "requires" BEGIN(PARAM); return T_REQUIRES; + "optional" BEGIN(PARAM); return T_OPTIONAL; + "default" BEGIN(PARAM); return T_DEFAULT; + "prompt" BEGIN(PARAM); return T_PROMPT; + "tristate" BEGIN(PARAM); return T_TRISTATE; + "def_tristate" BEGIN(PARAM); return T_DEF_TRISTATE; + "bool" BEGIN(PARAM); return T_BOOLEAN; + "boolean" BEGIN(PARAM); return T_BOOLEAN; + "def_bool" BEGIN(PARAM); return T_DEF_BOOLEAN; + "def_boolean" BEGIN(PARAM); return T_DEF_BOOLEAN; + "int" BEGIN(PARAM); return T_INT; + "hex" BEGIN(PARAM); return T_HEX; + "string" BEGIN(PARAM); return T_STRING; + "select" BEGIN(PARAM); return T_SELECT; + "enable" BEGIN(PARAM); return T_SELECT; + "range" BEGIN(PARAM); return T_RANGE; + {n}+ { + alloc_string(yytext, yyleng); + zconflval.string = text; + return T_WORD; + } + . + \n current_file->lineno++; BEGIN(INITIAL); +} + +{ + "&&" return T_AND; + "||" return T_OR; + "(" return T_OPEN_PAREN; + ")" return T_CLOSE_PAREN; + "!" return T_NOT; + "=" return T_EQUAL; + "!=" return T_UNEQUAL; + "if" return T_IF; + "on" return T_ON; + \"|\' { + str = yytext[0]; + new_string(); + BEGIN(STRING); + } + \n BEGIN(INITIAL); current_file->lineno++; return T_EOL; + --- /* ignore */ + ({n}|[-/.])+ { + alloc_string(yytext, yyleng); + zconflval.string = text; + return T_WORD; + } + #.* /* comment */ + \\\n current_file->lineno++; + . + <> { + BEGIN(INITIAL); + } +} + +{ + [^'"\\\n]+/\n { + append_string(yytext, yyleng); + zconflval.string = text; + return T_WORD_QUOTE; + } + [^'"\\\n]+ { + append_string(yytext, yyleng); + } + \\.?/\n { + append_string(yytext + 1, yyleng - 1); + zconflval.string = text; + return T_WORD_QUOTE; + } + \\.? { + append_string(yytext + 1, yyleng - 1); + } + \'|\" { + if (str == yytext[0]) { + BEGIN(PARAM); + zconflval.string = text; + return T_WORD_QUOTE; + } else + append_string(yytext, 1); + } + \n { + printf("%s:%d:warning: multi-line strings not supported\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno()); + current_file->lineno++; + BEGIN(INITIAL); + return T_EOL; + } + <> { + BEGIN(INITIAL); + } +} + +{ + [ \t]+ { + ts = 0; + for (i = 0; i < yyleng; i++) { + if (yytext[i] == '\t') + ts = (ts & ~7) + 8; + else + ts++; + } + last_ts = ts; + if (first_ts) { + if (ts < first_ts) { + zconf_endhelp(); + return T_HELPTEXT; + } + ts -= first_ts; + while (ts > 8) { + append_string(" ", 8); + ts -= 8; + } + append_string(" ", ts); + } + } + [ \t]*\n/[^ \t\n] { + current_file->lineno++; + zconf_endhelp(); + return T_HELPTEXT; + } + [ \t]*\n { + current_file->lineno++; + append_string("\n", 1); + } + [^ \t\n].* { + append_string(yytext, yyleng); + if (!first_ts) + first_ts = last_ts; + } + <> { + zconf_endhelp(); + return T_HELPTEXT; + } +} + +<> { + if (current_buf) { + zconf_endfile(); + return T_EOF; + } + fclose(yyin); + yyterminate(); +} + +%% +void zconf_starthelp(void) +{ + new_string(); + last_ts = first_ts = 0; + BEGIN(HELP); +} + +static void zconf_endhelp(void) +{ + zconflval.string = text; + BEGIN(INITIAL); +} + + +/* + * Try to open specified file with following names: + * ./name + * $(srctree)/name + * The latter is used when srctree is separate from objtree + * when compiling the kernel. + * Return NULL if file is not found. + */ +FILE *zconf_fopen(const char *name) +{ + char *env, fullname[PATH_MAX+1]; + FILE *f; + + f = fopen(name, "r"); + if (!f && name[0] != '/') { + env = getenv(SRCTREE); + if (env) { + sprintf(fullname, "%s/%s", env, name); + f = fopen(fullname, "r"); + } + } + return f; +} + +void zconf_initscan(const char *name) +{ + yyin = zconf_fopen(name); + if (!yyin) { + printf("can't find file %s\n", name); + exit(1); + } + + current_buf = malloc(sizeof(*current_buf)); + memset(current_buf, 0, sizeof(*current_buf)); + + current_file = file_lookup(name); + current_file->lineno = 1; + current_file->flags = FILE_BUSY; +} + +void zconf_nextfile(const char *name) +{ + size_t i; + int retval; + glob_t files; + char *filename; + struct file *file; + struct buffer *buf; + + retval = glob(name, GLOB_ERR | GLOB_MARK, NULL, &files); + if (retval == GLOB_NOSPACE || retval == GLOB_ABORTED || retval == GLOB_NOMATCH) { + printf("%s:%d: glob failed: %s \"%s\"\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno(), + retval == GLOB_NOSPACE ? "failed to allocate memory" : + retval == GLOB_ABORTED ? "read error" : "no match", + name); + exit(1); + } + + for (i = files.gl_pathc-1; i != (size_t)-1; --i) { + filename = files.gl_pathv[i]; + + file = file_lookup(filename); + buf = malloc(sizeof(*buf)); + memset(buf, 0, sizeof(*buf)); + current_buf->state = YY_CURRENT_BUFFER; + zconfin = zconf_fopen(filename); + if (!zconfin) { + printf("%s:%d: can't open file \"%s\"\n", + zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno(), filename); + exit(1); + } + zconf_switch_to_buffer(zconf_create_buffer(zconfin,YY_BUF_SIZE)); + buf->parent = current_buf; + current_buf = buf; + + if (file->flags & FILE_BUSY) { + printf("recursive scan (%s)?\n", filename); + exit(1); + } + if (file->flags & FILE_SCANNED) { + printf("file %s already scanned?\n", filename); + exit(1); + } + file->flags |= FILE_BUSY; + file->lineno = 1; + file->parent = current_file; + current_file = file; + } +} + +static struct buffer *zconf_endfile(void) +{ + struct buffer *parent; + + current_file->flags |= FILE_SCANNED; + current_file->flags &= ~FILE_BUSY; + current_file = current_file->parent; + + parent = current_buf->parent; + if (parent) { + fclose(yyin); + yy_delete_buffer(YY_CURRENT_BUFFER); + yy_switch_to_buffer(parent->state); + } + free(current_buf); + current_buf = parent; + + return parent; +} + +int zconf_lineno(void) +{ + if (current_buf) + return current_file->lineno - 1; + else + return 0; +} + +char *zconf_curname(void) +{ + if (current_buf) + return current_file->name; + else + return ""; +} diff --git a/config/zconf.output b/config/zconf.output new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a4d86e975 --- /dev/null +++ b/config/zconf.output @@ -0,0 +1,2133 @@ +State 52 conflicts: 1 shift/reduce +State 53 conflicts: 1 shift/reduce +State 54 conflicts: 1 shift/reduce +State 55 conflicts: 10 shift/reduce +State 56 conflicts: 12 shift/reduce +State 57 conflicts: 1 shift/reduce +State 58 conflicts: 13 shift/reduce +State 59 conflicts: 1 shift/reduce + + +Grammar + + 0 $accept: input $end + + 1 input: /* empty */ + 2 | input block + + 3 block: common_block + 4 | choice_stmt + 5 | menu_stmt + 6 | T_MAINMENU prompt nl_or_eof + 7 | T_ENDMENU + 8 | T_ENDIF + 9 | T_ENDCHOICE + 10 | error nl_or_eof + + 11 common_block: if_stmt + 12 | comment_stmt + 13 | config_stmt + 14 | menuconfig_stmt + 15 | source_stmt + 16 | nl_or_eof + + 17 config_entry_start: T_CONFIG T_WORD T_EOL + + 18 config_stmt: config_entry_start config_option_list + + 19 menuconfig_entry_start: T_MENUCONFIG T_WORD T_EOL + + 20 menuconfig_stmt: menuconfig_entry_start config_option_list + + 21 config_option_list: /* empty */ + 22 | config_option_list config_option + 23 | config_option_list depends + 24 | config_option_list help + 25 | config_option_list T_EOL + + 26 config_option: T_TRISTATE prompt_stmt_opt T_EOL + 27 | T_DEF_TRISTATE expr if_expr T_EOL + 28 | T_BOOLEAN prompt_stmt_opt T_EOL + 29 | T_DEF_BOOLEAN expr if_expr T_EOL + 30 | T_INT prompt_stmt_opt T_EOL + 31 | T_HEX prompt_stmt_opt T_EOL + 32 | T_STRING prompt_stmt_opt T_EOL + 33 | T_PROMPT prompt if_expr T_EOL + 34 | T_DEFAULT expr if_expr T_EOL + 35 | T_SELECT T_WORD if_expr T_EOL + 36 | T_SELECT T_NOT T_WORD if_expr T_EOL + 37 | T_RANGE symbol symbol if_expr T_EOL + + 38 choice: T_CHOICE T_EOL + + 39 choice_entry: choice choice_option_list + + 40 choice_end: end + + 41 choice_stmt: choice_entry choice_block choice_end + 42 | choice_entry choice_block + + 43 choice_option_list: /* empty */ + 44 | choice_option_list choice_option + 45 | choice_option_list depends + 46 | choice_option_list help + 47 | choice_option_list T_EOL + + 48 choice_option: T_PROMPT prompt if_expr T_EOL + 49 | T_TRISTATE prompt_stmt_opt T_EOL + 50 | T_BOOLEAN prompt_stmt_opt T_EOL + 51 | T_OPTIONAL T_EOL + 52 | T_DEFAULT T_WORD if_expr T_EOL + + 53 choice_block: /* empty */ + 54 | choice_block common_block + + 55 if: T_IF expr T_EOL + + 56 if_end: end + + 57 if_stmt: if if_block if_end + 58 | if if_block + + 59 if_block: /* empty */ + 60 | if_block common_block + 61 | if_block menu_stmt + 62 | if_block choice_stmt + + 63 menu: T_MENU prompt T_EOL + + 64 menu_entry: menu depends_list + + 65 menu_end: end + + 66 menu_stmt: menu_entry menu_block menu_end + 67 | menu_entry menu_block + + 68 menu_block: /* empty */ + 69 | menu_block common_block + 70 | menu_block menu_stmt + 71 | menu_block choice_stmt + 72 | menu_block error T_EOL + + 73 source: T_SOURCE prompt T_EOL + + 74 source_stmt: source + + 75 comment: T_COMMENT prompt T_EOL + + 76 comment_stmt: comment depends_list + + 77 help_start: T_HELP T_EOL + + 78 help: help_start T_HELPTEXT + + 79 depends_list: /* empty */ + 80 | depends_list depends + 81 | depends_list T_EOL + + 82 depends: T_DEPENDS T_ON expr T_EOL + 83 | T_DEPENDS expr T_EOL + 84 | T_REQUIRES expr T_EOL + + 85 prompt_stmt_opt: /* empty */ + 86 | prompt if_expr + + 87 prompt: T_WORD + 88 | T_WORD_QUOTE + + 89 end: T_ENDMENU nl_or_eof + 90 | T_ENDCHOICE nl_or_eof + 91 | T_ENDIF nl_or_eof + + 92 nl_or_eof: T_EOL + 93 | T_EOF + + 94 if_expr: /* empty */ + 95 | T_IF expr + + 96 expr: symbol + 97 | symbol T_EQUAL symbol + 98 | symbol T_UNEQUAL symbol + 99 | T_OPEN_PAREN expr T_CLOSE_PAREN + 100 | T_NOT expr + 101 | expr T_OR expr + 102 | expr T_AND expr + + 103 symbol: T_WORD + 104 | T_WORD_QUOTE + + +Terminals, with rules where they appear + +$end (0) 0 +error (256) 10 72 +T_MAINMENU (258) 6 +T_MENU (259) 63 +T_ENDMENU (260) 7 89 +T_SOURCE (261) 73 +T_CHOICE (262) 38 +T_ENDCHOICE (263) 9 90 +T_COMMENT (264) 75 +T_CONFIG (265) 17 +T_MENUCONFIG (266) 19 +T_HELP (267) 77 +T_HELPTEXT (268) 78 +T_IF (269) 55 95 +T_ENDIF (270) 8 91 +T_DEPENDS (271) 82 83 +T_REQUIRES (272) 84 +T_OPTIONAL (273) 51 +T_PROMPT (274) 33 48 +T_DEFAULT (275) 34 52 +T_TRISTATE (276) 26 49 +T_DEF_TRISTATE (277) 27 +T_BOOLEAN (278) 28 50 +T_DEF_BOOLEAN (279) 29 +T_STRING (280) 32 +T_INT (281) 30 +T_HEX (282) 31 +T_WORD (283) 17 19 35 36 52 87 103 +T_WORD_QUOTE (284) 88 104 +T_UNEQUAL (285) 98 +T_EOF (286) 93 +T_EOL (287) 17 19 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 47 48 49 + 50 51 52 55 63 72 73 75 77 81 82 83 84 92 +T_CLOSE_PAREN (288) 99 +T_OPEN_PAREN (289) 99 +T_ON (290) 82 +T_SELECT (291) 35 36 +T_RANGE (292) 37 +T_OR (293) 101 +T_AND (294) 102 +T_EQUAL (295) 97 +T_NOT (296) 36 100 + + +Nonterminals, with rules where they appear + +$accept (42) + on left: 0 +input (43) + on left: 1 2, on right: 0 2 +block (44) + on left: 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10, on right: 2 +common_block (45) + on left: 11 12 13 14 15 16, on right: 3 54 60 69 +config_entry_start (46) + on left: 17, on right: 18 +config_stmt (47) + on left: 18, on right: 13 +menuconfig_entry_start (48) + on left: 19, on right: 20 +menuconfig_stmt (49) + on left: 20, on right: 14 +config_option_list (50) + on left: 21 22 23 24 25, on right: 18 20 22 23 24 25 +config_option (51) + on left: 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37, on right: 22 +choice (52) + on left: 38, on right: 39 +choice_entry (53) + on left: 39, on right: 41 42 +choice_end (54) + on left: 40, on right: 41 +choice_stmt (55) + on left: 41 42, on right: 4 62 71 +choice_option_list (56) + on left: 43 44 45 46 47, on right: 39 44 45 46 47 +choice_option (57) + on left: 48 49 50 51 52, on right: 44 +choice_block (58) + on left: 53 54, on right: 41 42 54 +if (59) + on left: 55, on right: 57 58 +if_end (60) + on left: 56, on right: 57 +if_stmt (61) + on left: 57 58, on right: 11 +if_block (62) + on left: 59 60 61 62, on right: 57 58 60 61 62 +menu (63) + on left: 63, on right: 64 +menu_entry (64) + on left: 64, on right: 66 67 +menu_end (65) + on left: 65, on right: 66 +menu_stmt (66) + on left: 66 67, on right: 5 61 70 +menu_block (67) + on left: 68 69 70 71 72, on right: 66 67 69 70 71 72 +source (68) + on left: 73, on right: 74 +source_stmt (69) + on left: 74, on right: 15 +comment (70) + on left: 75, on right: 76 +comment_stmt (71) + on left: 76, on right: 12 +help_start (72) + on left: 77, on right: 78 +help (73) + on left: 78, on right: 24 46 +depends_list (74) + on left: 79 80 81, on right: 64 76 80 81 +depends (75) + on left: 82 83 84, on right: 23 45 80 +prompt_stmt_opt (76) + on left: 85 86, on right: 26 28 30 31 32 49 50 +prompt (77) + on left: 87 88, on right: 6 33 48 63 73 75 86 +end (78) + on left: 89 90 91, on right: 40 56 65 +nl_or_eof (79) + on left: 92 93, on right: 6 10 16 89 90 91 +if_expr (80) + on left: 94 95, on right: 27 29 33 34 35 36 37 48 52 86 +expr (81) + on left: 96 97 98 99 100 101 102, on right: 27 29 34 55 82 83 84 + 95 99 100 101 102 +symbol (82) + on left: 103 104, on right: 37 96 97 98 + + +state 0 + + 0 $accept: . input $end + + $default reduce using rule 1 (input) + + input go to state 1 + + +state 1 + + 0 $accept: input . $end + 2 input: input . block + + $end shift, and go to state 2 + error shift, and go to state 3 + T_MAINMENU shift, and go to state 4 + T_MENU shift, and go to state 5 + T_ENDMENU shift, and go to state 6 + T_SOURCE shift, and go to state 7 + T_CHOICE shift, and go to state 8 + T_ENDCHOICE shift, and go to state 9 + T_COMMENT shift, and go to state 10 + T_CONFIG shift, and go to state 11 + T_MENUCONFIG shift, and go to state 12 + T_IF shift, and go to state 13 + T_ENDIF shift, and go to state 14 + T_EOF shift, and go to state 15 + T_EOL shift, and go to state 16 + + block go to state 17 + common_block go to state 18 + config_entry_start go to state 19 + config_stmt go to state 20 + menuconfig_entry_start go to state 21 + menuconfig_stmt go to state 22 + choice go to state 23 + choice_entry go to state 24 + choice_stmt go to state 25 + if go to state 26 + if_stmt go to state 27 + menu go to state 28 + menu_entry go to state 29 + menu_stmt go to state 30 + source go to state 31 + source_stmt go to state 32 + comment go to state 33 + comment_stmt go to state 34 + nl_or_eof go to state 35 + + +state 2 + + 0 $accept: input $end . + + $default accept + + +state 3 + + 10 block: error . nl_or_eof + + T_EOF shift, and go to state 15 + T_EOL shift, and go to state 16 + + nl_or_eof go to state 36 + + +state 4 + + 6 block: T_MAINMENU . prompt nl_or_eof + + T_WORD shift, and go to state 37 + T_WORD_QUOTE shift, and go to state 38 + + prompt go to state 39 + + +state 5 + + 63 menu: T_MENU . prompt T_EOL + + T_WORD shift, and go to state 37 + T_WORD_QUOTE shift, and go to state 38 + + prompt go to state 40 + + +state 6 + + 7 block: T_ENDMENU . + + $default reduce using rule 7 (block) + + +state 7 + + 73 source: T_SOURCE . prompt T_EOL + + T_WORD shift, and go to state 37 + T_WORD_QUOTE shift, and go to state 38 + + prompt go to state 41 + + +state 8 + + 38 choice: T_CHOICE . T_EOL + + T_EOL shift, and go to state 42 + + +state 9 + + 9 block: T_ENDCHOICE . + + $default reduce using rule 9 (block) + + +state 10 + + 75 comment: T_COMMENT . prompt T_EOL + + T_WORD shift, and go to state 37 + T_WORD_QUOTE shift, and go to state 38 + + prompt go to state 43 + + +state 11 + + 17 config_entry_start: T_CONFIG . T_WORD T_EOL + + T_WORD shift, and go to state 44 + + +state 12 + + 19 menuconfig_entry_start: T_MENUCONFIG . T_WORD T_EOL + + T_WORD shift, and go to state 45 + + +state 13 + + 55 if: T_IF . expr T_EOL + + T_WORD shift, and go to state 46 + T_WORD_QUOTE shift, and go to state 47 + T_OPEN_PAREN shift, and go to state 48 + T_NOT shift, and go to state 49 + + expr go to state 50 + symbol go to state 51 + + +state 14 + + 8 block: T_ENDIF . + + $default reduce using rule 8 (block) + + +state 15 + + 93 nl_or_eof: T_EOF . + + $default reduce using rule 93 (nl_or_eof) + + +state 16 + + 92 nl_or_eof: T_EOL . + + $default reduce using rule 92 (nl_or_eof) + + +state 17 + + 2 input: input block . + + $default reduce using rule 2 (input) + + +state 18 + + 3 block: common_block . + + $default reduce using rule 3 (block) + + +state 19 + + 18 config_stmt: config_entry_start . config_option_list + + $default reduce using rule 21 (config_option_list) + + config_option_list go to state 52 + + +state 20 + + 13 common_block: config_stmt . + + $default reduce using rule 13 (common_block) + + +state 21 + + 20 menuconfig_stmt: menuconfig_entry_start . config_option_list + + $default reduce using rule 21 (config_option_list) + + config_option_list go to state 53 + + +state 22 + + 14 common_block: menuconfig_stmt . + + $default reduce using rule 14 (common_block) + + +state 23 + + 39 choice_entry: choice . choice_option_list + + $default reduce using rule 43 (choice_option_list) + + choice_option_list go to state 54 + + +state 24 + + 41 choice_stmt: choice_entry . choice_block choice_end + 42 | choice_entry . choice_block + + $default reduce using rule 53 (choice_block) + + choice_block go to state 55 + + +state 25 + + 4 block: choice_stmt . + + $default reduce using rule 4 (block) + + +state 26 + + 57 if_stmt: if . if_block if_end + 58 | if . if_block + + $default reduce using rule 59 (if_block) + + if_block go to state 56 + + +state 27 + + 11 common_block: if_stmt . + + $default reduce using rule 11 (common_block) + + +state 28 + + 64 menu_entry: menu . depends_list + + $default reduce using rule 79 (depends_list) + + depends_list go to state 57 + + +state 29 + + 66 menu_stmt: menu_entry . menu_block menu_end + 67 | menu_entry . menu_block + + $default reduce using rule 68 (menu_block) + + menu_block go to state 58 + + +state 30 + + 5 block: menu_stmt . + + $default reduce using rule 5 (block) + + +state 31 + + 74 source_stmt: source . + + $default reduce using rule 74 (source_stmt) + + +state 32 + + 15 common_block: source_stmt . + + $default reduce using rule 15 (common_block) + + +state 33 + + 76 comment_stmt: comment . depends_list + + $default reduce using rule 79 (depends_list) + + depends_list go to state 59 + + +state 34 + + 12 common_block: comment_stmt . + + $default reduce using rule 12 (common_block) + + +state 35 + + 16 common_block: nl_or_eof . + + $default reduce using rule 16 (common_block) + + +state 36 + + 10 block: error nl_or_eof . + + $default reduce using rule 10 (block) + + +state 37 + + 87 prompt: T_WORD . + + $default reduce using rule 87 (prompt) + + +state 38 + + 88 prompt: T_WORD_QUOTE . + + $default reduce using rule 88 (prompt) + + +state 39 + + 6 block: T_MAINMENU prompt . nl_or_eof + + T_EOF shift, and go to state 15 + T_EOL shift, and go to state 16 + + nl_or_eof go to state 60 + + +state 40 + + 63 menu: T_MENU prompt . T_EOL + + T_EOL shift, and go to state 61 + + +state 41 + + 73 source: T_SOURCE prompt . T_EOL + + T_EOL shift, and go to state 62 + + +state 42 + + 38 choice: T_CHOICE T_EOL . + + $default reduce using rule 38 (choice) + + +state 43 + + 75 comment: T_COMMENT prompt . T_EOL + + T_EOL shift, and go to state 63 + + +state 44 + + 17 config_entry_start: T_CONFIG T_WORD . T_EOL + + T_EOL shift, and go to state 64 + + +state 45 + + 19 menuconfig_entry_start: T_MENUCONFIG T_WORD . T_EOL + + T_EOL shift, and go to state 65 + + +state 46 + + 103 symbol: T_WORD . + + $default reduce using rule 103 (symbol) + + +state 47 + + 104 symbol: T_WORD_QUOTE . + + $default reduce using rule 104 (symbol) + + +state 48 + + 99 expr: T_OPEN_PAREN . expr T_CLOSE_PAREN + + T_WORD shift, and go to state 46 + T_WORD_QUOTE shift, and go to state 47 + T_OPEN_PAREN shift, and go to state 48 + T_NOT shift, and go to state 49 + + expr go to state 66 + symbol go to state 51 + + +state 49 + + 100 expr: T_NOT . expr + + T_WORD shift, and go to state 46 + T_WORD_QUOTE shift, and go to state 47 + T_OPEN_PAREN shift, and go to state 48 + T_NOT shift, and go to state 49 + + expr go to state 67 + symbol go to state 51 + + +state 50 + + 55 if: T_IF expr . T_EOL + 101 expr: expr . T_OR expr + 102 | expr . T_AND expr + + T_EOL shift, and go to state 68 + T_OR shift, and go to state 69 + T_AND shift, and go to state 70 + + +state 51 + + 96 expr: symbol . + 97 | symbol . T_EQUAL symbol + 98 | symbol . T_UNEQUAL symbol + + T_UNEQUAL shift, and go to state 71 + T_EQUAL shift, and go to state 72 + + $default reduce using rule 96 (expr) + + +state 52 + + 18 config_stmt: config_entry_start config_option_list . + 22 config_option_list: config_option_list . config_option + 23 | config_option_list . depends + 24 | config_option_list . help + 25 | config_option_list . T_EOL + + T_HELP shift, and go to state 73 + T_DEPENDS shift, and go to state 74 + T_REQUIRES shift, and go to state 75 + T_PROMPT shift, and go to state 76 + T_DEFAULT shift, and go to state 77 + T_TRISTATE shift, and go to state 78 + T_DEF_TRISTATE shift, and go to state 79 + T_BOOLEAN shift, and go to state 80 + T_DEF_BOOLEAN shift, and go to state 81 + T_STRING shift, and go to state 82 + T_INT shift, and go to state 83 + T_HEX shift, and go to state 84 + T_EOL shift, and go to state 85 + T_SELECT shift, and go to state 86 + T_RANGE shift, and go to state 87 + + T_EOL [reduce using rule 18 (config_stmt)] + $default reduce using rule 18 (config_stmt) + + config_option go to state 88 + help_start go to state 89 + help go to state 90 + depends go to state 91 + + +state 53 + + 20 menuconfig_stmt: menuconfig_entry_start config_option_list . + 22 config_option_list: config_option_list . config_option + 23 | config_option_list . depends + 24 | config_option_list . help + 25 | config_option_list . T_EOL + + T_HELP shift, and go to state 73 + T_DEPENDS shift, and go to state 74 + T_REQUIRES shift, and go to state 75 + T_PROMPT shift, and go to state 76 + T_DEFAULT shift, and go to state 77 + T_TRISTATE shift, and go to state 78 + T_DEF_TRISTATE shift, and go to state 79 + T_BOOLEAN shift, and go to state 80 + T_DEF_BOOLEAN shift, and go to state 81 + T_STRING shift, and go to state 82 + T_INT shift, and go to state 83 + T_HEX shift, and go to state 84 + T_EOL shift, and go to state 85 + T_SELECT shift, and go to state 86 + T_RANGE shift, and go to state 87 + + T_EOL [reduce using rule 20 (menuconfig_stmt)] + $default reduce using rule 20 (menuconfig_stmt) + + config_option go to state 88 + help_start go to state 89 + help go to state 90 + depends go to state 91 + + +state 54 + + 39 choice_entry: choice choice_option_list . + 44 choice_option_list: choice_option_list . choice_option + 45 | choice_option_list . depends + 46 | choice_option_list . help + 47 | choice_option_list . T_EOL + + T_HELP shift, and go to state 73 + T_DEPENDS shift, and go to state 74 + T_REQUIRES shift, and go to state 75 + T_OPTIONAL shift, and go to state 92 + T_PROMPT shift, and go to state 93 + T_DEFAULT shift, and go to state 94 + T_TRISTATE shift, and go to state 95 + T_BOOLEAN shift, and go to state 96 + T_EOL shift, and go to state 97 + + T_EOL [reduce using rule 39 (choice_entry)] + $default reduce using rule 39 (choice_entry) + + choice_option go to state 98 + help_start go to state 89 + help go to state 99 + depends go to state 100 + + +state 55 + + 41 choice_stmt: choice_entry choice_block . choice_end + 42 | choice_entry choice_block . + 54 choice_block: choice_block . common_block + + T_ENDMENU shift, and go to state 101 + T_SOURCE shift, and go to state 7 + T_ENDCHOICE shift, and go to state 102 + T_COMMENT shift, and go to state 10 + T_CONFIG shift, and go to state 11 + T_MENUCONFIG shift, and go to state 12 + T_IF shift, and go to state 13 + T_ENDIF shift, and go to state 103 + T_EOF shift, and go to state 15 + T_EOL shift, and go to state 16 + + T_ENDMENU [reduce using rule 42 (choice_stmt)] + T_SOURCE [reduce using rule 42 (choice_stmt)] + T_ENDCHOICE [reduce using rule 42 (choice_stmt)] + T_COMMENT [reduce using rule 42 (choice_stmt)] + T_CONFIG [reduce using rule 42 (choice_stmt)] + T_MENUCONFIG [reduce using rule 42 (choice_stmt)] + T_IF [reduce using rule 42 (choice_stmt)] + T_ENDIF [reduce using rule 42 (choice_stmt)] + T_EOF [reduce using rule 42 (choice_stmt)] + T_EOL [reduce using rule 42 (choice_stmt)] + $default reduce using rule 42 (choice_stmt) + + common_block go to state 104 + config_entry_start go to state 19 + config_stmt go to state 20 + menuconfig_entry_start go to state 21 + menuconfig_stmt go to state 22 + choice_end go to state 105 + if go to state 26 + if_stmt go to state 27 + source go to state 31 + source_stmt go to state 32 + comment go to state 33 + comment_stmt go to state 34 + end go to state 106 + nl_or_eof go to state 35 + + +state 56 + + 57 if_stmt: if if_block . if_end + 58 | if if_block . + 60 if_block: if_block . common_block + 61 | if_block . menu_stmt + 62 | if_block . choice_stmt + + T_MENU shift, and go to state 5 + T_ENDMENU shift, and go to state 101 + T_SOURCE shift, and go to state 7 + T_CHOICE shift, and go to state 8 + T_ENDCHOICE shift, and go to state 102 + T_COMMENT shift, and go to state 10 + T_CONFIG shift, and go to state 11 + T_MENUCONFIG shift, and go to state 12 + T_IF shift, and go to state 13 + T_ENDIF shift, and go to state 103 + T_EOF shift, and go to state 15 + T_EOL shift, and go to state 16 + + T_MENU [reduce using rule 58 (if_stmt)] + T_ENDMENU [reduce using rule 58 (if_stmt)] + T_SOURCE [reduce using rule 58 (if_stmt)] + T_CHOICE [reduce using rule 58 (if_stmt)] + T_ENDCHOICE [reduce using rule 58 (if_stmt)] + T_COMMENT [reduce using rule 58 (if_stmt)] + T_CONFIG [reduce using rule 58 (if_stmt)] + T_MENUCONFIG [reduce using rule 58 (if_stmt)] + T_IF [reduce using rule 58 (if_stmt)] + T_ENDIF [reduce using rule 58 (if_stmt)] + T_EOF [reduce using rule 58 (if_stmt)] + T_EOL [reduce using rule 58 (if_stmt)] + $default reduce using rule 58 (if_stmt) + + common_block go to state 107 + config_entry_start go to state 19 + config_stmt go to state 20 + menuconfig_entry_start go to state 21 + menuconfig_stmt go to state 22 + choice go to state 23 + choice_entry go to state 24 + choice_stmt go to state 108 + if go to state 26 + if_end go to state 109 + if_stmt go to state 27 + menu go to state 28 + menu_entry go to state 29 + menu_stmt go to state 110 + source go to state 31 + source_stmt go to state 32 + comment go to state 33 + comment_stmt go to state 34 + end go to state 111 + nl_or_eof go to state 35 + + +state 57 + + 64 menu_entry: menu depends_list . + 80 depends_list: depends_list . depends + 81 | depends_list . T_EOL + + T_DEPENDS shift, and go to state 74 + T_REQUIRES shift, and go to state 75 + T_EOL shift, and go to state 112 + + T_EOL [reduce using rule 64 (menu_entry)] + $default reduce using rule 64 (menu_entry) + + depends go to state 113 + + +state 58 + + 66 menu_stmt: menu_entry menu_block . menu_end + 67 | menu_entry menu_block . + 69 menu_block: menu_block . common_block + 70 | menu_block . menu_stmt + 71 | menu_block . choice_stmt + 72 | menu_block . error T_EOL + + error shift, and go to state 114 + T_MENU shift, and go to state 5 + T_ENDMENU shift, and go to state 101 + T_SOURCE shift, and go to state 7 + T_CHOICE shift, and go to state 8 + T_ENDCHOICE shift, and go to state 102 + T_COMMENT shift, and go to state 10 + T_CONFIG shift, and go to state 11 + T_MENUCONFIG shift, and go to state 12 + T_IF shift, and go to state 13 + T_ENDIF shift, and go to state 103 + T_EOF shift, and go to state 15 + T_EOL shift, and go to state 16 + + $end reduce using rule 67 (menu_stmt) + error [reduce using rule 67 (menu_stmt)] + T_MAINMENU reduce using rule 67 (menu_stmt) + T_MENU [reduce using rule 67 (menu_stmt)] + T_ENDMENU [reduce using rule 67 (menu_stmt)] + T_SOURCE [reduce using rule 67 (menu_stmt)] + T_CHOICE [reduce using rule 67 (menu_stmt)] + T_ENDCHOICE [reduce using rule 67 (menu_stmt)] + T_COMMENT [reduce using rule 67 (menu_stmt)] + T_CONFIG [reduce using rule 67 (menu_stmt)] + T_MENUCONFIG [reduce using rule 67 (menu_stmt)] + T_IF [reduce using rule 67 (menu_stmt)] + T_ENDIF [reduce using rule 67 (menu_stmt)] + T_EOF [reduce using rule 67 (menu_stmt)] + T_EOL [reduce using rule 67 (menu_stmt)] + + common_block go to state 115 + config_entry_start go to state 19 + config_stmt go to state 20 + menuconfig_entry_start go to state 21 + menuconfig_stmt go to state 22 + choice go to state 23 + choice_entry go to state 24 + choice_stmt go to state 116 + if go to state 26 + if_stmt go to state 27 + menu go to state 28 + menu_entry go to state 29 + menu_end go to state 117 + menu_stmt go to state 118 + source go to state 31 + source_stmt go to state 32 + comment go to state 33 + comment_stmt go to state 34 + end go to state 119 + nl_or_eof go to state 35 + + +state 59 + + 76 comment_stmt: comment depends_list . + 80 depends_list: depends_list . depends + 81 | depends_list . T_EOL + + T_DEPENDS shift, and go to state 74 + T_REQUIRES shift, and go to state 75 + T_EOL shift, and go to state 112 + + T_EOL [reduce using rule 76 (comment_stmt)] + $default reduce using rule 76 (comment_stmt) + + depends go to state 113 + + +state 60 + + 6 block: T_MAINMENU prompt nl_or_eof . + + $default reduce using rule 6 (block) + + +state 61 + + 63 menu: T_MENU prompt T_EOL . + + $default reduce using rule 63 (menu) + + +state 62 + + 73 source: T_SOURCE prompt T_EOL . + + $default reduce using rule 73 (source) + + +state 63 + + 75 comment: T_COMMENT prompt T_EOL . + + $default reduce using rule 75 (comment) + + +state 64 + + 17 config_entry_start: T_CONFIG T_WORD T_EOL . + + $default reduce using rule 17 (config_entry_start) + + +state 65 + + 19 menuconfig_entry_start: T_MENUCONFIG T_WORD T_EOL . + + $default reduce using rule 19 (menuconfig_entry_start) + + +state 66 + + 99 expr: T_OPEN_PAREN expr . T_CLOSE_PAREN + 101 | expr . T_OR expr + 102 | expr . T_AND expr + + T_CLOSE_PAREN shift, and go to state 120 + T_OR shift, and go to state 69 + T_AND shift, and go to state 70 + + +state 67 + + 100 expr: T_NOT expr . + 101 | expr . T_OR expr + 102 | expr . T_AND expr + + $default reduce using rule 100 (expr) + + +state 68 + + 55 if: T_IF expr T_EOL . + + $default reduce using rule 55 (if) + + +state 69 + + 101 expr: expr T_OR . expr + + T_WORD shift, and go to state 46 + T_WORD_QUOTE shift, and go to state 47 + T_OPEN_PAREN shift, and go to state 48 + T_NOT shift, and go to state 49 + + expr go to state 121 + symbol go to state 51 + + +state 70 + + 102 expr: expr T_AND . expr + + T_WORD shift, and go to state 46 + T_WORD_QUOTE shift, and go to state 47 + T_OPEN_PAREN shift, and go to state 48 + T_NOT shift, and go to state 49 + + expr go to state 122 + symbol go to state 51 + + +state 71 + + 98 expr: symbol T_UNEQUAL . symbol + + T_WORD shift, and go to state 46 + T_WORD_QUOTE shift, and go to state 47 + + symbol go to state 123 + + +state 72 + + 97 expr: symbol T_EQUAL . symbol + + T_WORD shift, and go to state 46 + T_WORD_QUOTE shift, and go to state 47 + + symbol go to state 124 + + +state 73 + + 77 help_start: T_HELP . T_EOL + + T_EOL shift, and go to state 125 + + +state 74 + + 82 depends: T_DEPENDS . T_ON expr T_EOL + 83 | T_DEPENDS . expr T_EOL + + T_WORD shift, and go to state 46 + T_WORD_QUOTE shift, and go to state 47 + T_OPEN_PAREN shift, and go to state 48 + T_ON shift, and go to state 126 + T_NOT shift, and go to state 49 + + expr go to state 127 + symbol go to state 51 + + +state 75 + + 84 depends: T_REQUIRES . expr T_EOL + + T_WORD shift, and go to state 46 + T_WORD_QUOTE shift, and go to state 47 + T_OPEN_PAREN shift, and go to state 48 + T_NOT shift, and go to state 49 + + expr go to state 128 + symbol go to state 51 + + +state 76 + + 33 config_option: T_PROMPT . prompt if_expr T_EOL + + T_WORD shift, and go to state 37 + T_WORD_QUOTE shift, and go to state 38 + + prompt go to state 129 + + +state 77 + + 34 config_option: T_DEFAULT . expr if_expr T_EOL + + T_WORD shift, and go to state 46 + T_WORD_QUOTE shift, and go to state 47 + T_OPEN_PAREN shift, and go to state 48 + T_NOT shift, and go to state 49 + + expr go to state 130 + symbol go to state 51 + + +state 78 + + 26 config_option: T_TRISTATE . prompt_stmt_opt T_EOL + + T_WORD shift, and go to state 37 + T_WORD_QUOTE shift, and go to state 38 + + $default reduce using rule 85 (prompt_stmt_opt) + + prompt_stmt_opt go to state 131 + prompt go to state 132 + + +state 79 + + 27 config_option: T_DEF_TRISTATE . expr if_expr T_EOL + + T_WORD shift, and go to state 46 + T_WORD_QUOTE shift, and go to state 47 + T_OPEN_PAREN shift, and go to state 48 + T_NOT shift, and go to state 49 + + expr go to state 133 + symbol go to state 51 + + +state 80 + + 28 config_option: T_BOOLEAN . prompt_stmt_opt T_EOL + + T_WORD shift, and go to state 37 + T_WORD_QUOTE shift, and go to state 38 + + $default reduce using rule 85 (prompt_stmt_opt) + + prompt_stmt_opt go to state 134 + prompt go to state 132 + + +state 81 + + 29 config_option: T_DEF_BOOLEAN . expr if_expr T_EOL + + T_WORD shift, and go to state 46 + T_WORD_QUOTE shift, and go to state 47 + T_OPEN_PAREN shift, and go to state 48 + T_NOT shift, and go to state 49 + + expr go to state 135 + symbol go to state 51 + + +state 82 + + 32 config_option: T_STRING . prompt_stmt_opt T_EOL + + T_WORD shift, and go to state 37 + T_WORD_QUOTE shift, and go to state 38 + + $default reduce using rule 85 (prompt_stmt_opt) + + prompt_stmt_opt go to state 136 + prompt go to state 132 + + +state 83 + + 30 config_option: T_INT . prompt_stmt_opt T_EOL + + T_WORD shift, and go to state 37 + T_WORD_QUOTE shift, and go to state 38 + + $default reduce using rule 85 (prompt_stmt_opt) + + prompt_stmt_opt go to state 137 + prompt go to state 132 + + +state 84 + + 31 config_option: T_HEX . prompt_stmt_opt T_EOL + + T_WORD shift, and go to state 37 + T_WORD_QUOTE shift, and go to state 38 + + $default reduce using rule 85 (prompt_stmt_opt) + + prompt_stmt_opt go to state 138 + prompt go to state 132 + + +state 85 + + 25 config_option_list: config_option_list T_EOL . + + $default reduce using rule 25 (config_option_list) + + +state 86 + + 35 config_option: T_SELECT . T_WORD if_expr T_EOL + 36 | T_SELECT . T_NOT T_WORD if_expr T_EOL + + T_WORD shift, and go to state 139 + T_NOT shift, and go to state 140 + + +state 87 + + 37 config_option: T_RANGE . symbol symbol if_expr T_EOL + + T_WORD shift, and go to state 46 + T_WORD_QUOTE shift, and go to state 47 + + symbol go to state 141 + + +state 88 + + 22 config_option_list: config_option_list config_option . + + $default reduce using rule 22 (config_option_list) + + +state 89 + + 78 help: help_start . T_HELPTEXT + + T_HELPTEXT shift, and go to state 142 + + +state 90 + + 24 config_option_list: config_option_list help . + + $default reduce using rule 24 (config_option_list) + + +state 91 + + 23 config_option_list: config_option_list depends . + + $default reduce using rule 23 (config_option_list) + + +state 92 + + 51 choice_option: T_OPTIONAL . T_EOL + + T_EOL shift, and go to state 143 + + +state 93 + + 48 choice_option: T_PROMPT . prompt if_expr T_EOL + + T_WORD shift, and go to state 37 + T_WORD_QUOTE shift, and go to state 38 + + prompt go to state 144 + + +state 94 + + 52 choice_option: T_DEFAULT . T_WORD if_expr T_EOL + + T_WORD shift, and go to state 145 + + +state 95 + + 49 choice_option: T_TRISTATE . prompt_stmt_opt T_EOL + + T_WORD shift, and go to state 37 + T_WORD_QUOTE shift, and go to state 38 + + $default reduce using rule 85 (prompt_stmt_opt) + + prompt_stmt_opt go to state 146 + prompt go to state 132 + + +state 96 + + 50 choice_option: T_BOOLEAN . prompt_stmt_opt T_EOL + + T_WORD shift, and go to state 37 + T_WORD_QUOTE shift, and go to state 38 + + $default reduce using rule 85 (prompt_stmt_opt) + + prompt_stmt_opt go to state 147 + prompt go to state 132 + + +state 97 + + 47 choice_option_list: choice_option_list T_EOL . + + $default reduce using rule 47 (choice_option_list) + + +state 98 + + 44 choice_option_list: choice_option_list choice_option . + + $default reduce using rule 44 (choice_option_list) + + +state 99 + + 46 choice_option_list: choice_option_list help . + + $default reduce using rule 46 (choice_option_list) + + +state 100 + + 45 choice_option_list: choice_option_list depends . + + $default reduce using rule 45 (choice_option_list) + + +state 101 + + 89 end: T_ENDMENU . nl_or_eof + + T_EOF shift, and go to state 15 + T_EOL shift, and go to state 16 + + nl_or_eof go to state 148 + + +state 102 + + 90 end: T_ENDCHOICE . nl_or_eof + + T_EOF shift, and go to state 15 + T_EOL shift, and go to state 16 + + nl_or_eof go to state 149 + + +state 103 + + 91 end: T_ENDIF . nl_or_eof + + T_EOF shift, and go to state 15 + T_EOL shift, and go to state 16 + + nl_or_eof go to state 150 + + +state 104 + + 54 choice_block: choice_block common_block . + + $default reduce using rule 54 (choice_block) + + +state 105 + + 41 choice_stmt: choice_entry choice_block choice_end . + + $default reduce using rule 41 (choice_stmt) + + +state 106 + + 40 choice_end: end . + + $default reduce using rule 40 (choice_end) + + +state 107 + + 60 if_block: if_block common_block . + + $default reduce using rule 60 (if_block) + + +state 108 + + 62 if_block: if_block choice_stmt . + + $default reduce using rule 62 (if_block) + + +state 109 + + 57 if_stmt: if if_block if_end . + + $default reduce using rule 57 (if_stmt) + + +state 110 + + 61 if_block: if_block menu_stmt . + + $default reduce using rule 61 (if_block) + + +state 111 + + 56 if_end: end . + + $default reduce using rule 56 (if_end) + + +state 112 + + 81 depends_list: depends_list T_EOL . + + $default reduce using rule 81 (depends_list) + + +state 113 + + 80 depends_list: depends_list depends . + + $default reduce using rule 80 (depends_list) + + +state 114 + + 72 menu_block: menu_block error . T_EOL + + T_EOL shift, and go to state 151 + + +state 115 + + 69 menu_block: menu_block common_block . + + $default reduce using rule 69 (menu_block) + + +state 116 + + 71 menu_block: menu_block choice_stmt . + + $default reduce using rule 71 (menu_block) + + +state 117 + + 66 menu_stmt: menu_entry menu_block menu_end . + + $default reduce using rule 66 (menu_stmt) + + +state 118 + + 70 menu_block: menu_block menu_stmt . + + $default reduce using rule 70 (menu_block) + + +state 119 + + 65 menu_end: end . + + $default reduce using rule 65 (menu_end) + + +state 120 + + 99 expr: T_OPEN_PAREN expr T_CLOSE_PAREN . + + $default reduce using rule 99 (expr) + + +state 121 + + 101 expr: expr . T_OR expr + 101 | expr T_OR expr . + 102 | expr . T_AND expr + + T_AND shift, and go to state 70 + + $default reduce using rule 101 (expr) + + +state 122 + + 101 expr: expr . T_OR expr + 102 | expr . T_AND expr + 102 | expr T_AND expr . + + $default reduce using rule 102 (expr) + + +state 123 + + 98 expr: symbol T_UNEQUAL symbol . + + $default reduce using rule 98 (expr) + + +state 124 + + 97 expr: symbol T_EQUAL symbol . + + $default reduce using rule 97 (expr) + + +state 125 + + 77 help_start: T_HELP T_EOL . + + $default reduce using rule 77 (help_start) + + +state 126 + + 82 depends: T_DEPENDS T_ON . expr T_EOL + + T_WORD shift, and go to state 46 + T_WORD_QUOTE shift, and go to state 47 + T_OPEN_PAREN shift, and go to state 48 + T_NOT shift, and go to state 49 + + expr go to state 152 + symbol go to state 51 + + +state 127 + + 83 depends: T_DEPENDS expr . T_EOL + 101 expr: expr . T_OR expr + 102 | expr . T_AND expr + + T_EOL shift, and go to state 153 + T_OR shift, and go to state 69 + T_AND shift, and go to state 70 + + +state 128 + + 84 depends: T_REQUIRES expr . T_EOL + 101 expr: expr . T_OR expr + 102 | expr . T_AND expr + + T_EOL shift, and go to state 154 + T_OR shift, and go to state 69 + T_AND shift, and go to state 70 + + +state 129 + + 33 config_option: T_PROMPT prompt . if_expr T_EOL + + T_IF shift, and go to state 155 + + $default reduce using rule 94 (if_expr) + + if_expr go to state 156 + + +state 130 + + 34 config_option: T_DEFAULT expr . if_expr T_EOL + 101 expr: expr . T_OR expr + 102 | expr . T_AND expr + + T_IF shift, and go to state 155 + T_OR shift, and go to state 69 + T_AND shift, and go to state 70 + + $default reduce using rule 94 (if_expr) + + if_expr go to state 157 + + +state 131 + + 26 config_option: T_TRISTATE prompt_stmt_opt . T_EOL + + T_EOL shift, and go to state 158 + + +state 132 + + 86 prompt_stmt_opt: prompt . if_expr + + T_IF shift, and go to state 155 + + $default reduce using rule 94 (if_expr) + + if_expr go to state 159 + + +state 133 + + 27 config_option: T_DEF_TRISTATE expr . if_expr T_EOL + 101 expr: expr . T_OR expr + 102 | expr . T_AND expr + + T_IF shift, and go to state 155 + T_OR shift, and go to state 69 + T_AND shift, and go to state 70 + + $default reduce using rule 94 (if_expr) + + if_expr go to state 160 + + +state 134 + + 28 config_option: T_BOOLEAN prompt_stmt_opt . T_EOL + + T_EOL shift, and go to state 161 + + +state 135 + + 29 config_option: T_DEF_BOOLEAN expr . if_expr T_EOL + 101 expr: expr . T_OR expr + 102 | expr . T_AND expr + + T_IF shift, and go to state 155 + T_OR shift, and go to state 69 + T_AND shift, and go to state 70 + + $default reduce using rule 94 (if_expr) + + if_expr go to state 162 + + +state 136 + + 32 config_option: T_STRING prompt_stmt_opt . T_EOL + + T_EOL shift, and go to state 163 + + +state 137 + + 30 config_option: T_INT prompt_stmt_opt . T_EOL + + T_EOL shift, and go to state 164 + + +state 138 + + 31 config_option: T_HEX prompt_stmt_opt . T_EOL + + T_EOL shift, and go to state 165 + + +state 139 + + 35 config_option: T_SELECT T_WORD . if_expr T_EOL + + T_IF shift, and go to state 155 + + $default reduce using rule 94 (if_expr) + + if_expr go to state 166 + + +state 140 + + 36 config_option: T_SELECT T_NOT . T_WORD if_expr T_EOL + + T_WORD shift, and go to state 167 + + +state 141 + + 37 config_option: T_RANGE symbol . symbol if_expr T_EOL + + T_WORD shift, and go to state 46 + T_WORD_QUOTE shift, and go to state 47 + + symbol go to state 168 + + +state 142 + + 78 help: help_start T_HELPTEXT . + + $default reduce using rule 78 (help) + + +state 143 + + 51 choice_option: T_OPTIONAL T_EOL . + + $default reduce using rule 51 (choice_option) + + +state 144 + + 48 choice_option: T_PROMPT prompt . if_expr T_EOL + + T_IF shift, and go to state 155 + + $default reduce using rule 94 (if_expr) + + if_expr go to state 169 + + +state 145 + + 52 choice_option: T_DEFAULT T_WORD . if_expr T_EOL + + T_IF shift, and go to state 155 + + $default reduce using rule 94 (if_expr) + + if_expr go to state 170 + + +state 146 + + 49 choice_option: T_TRISTATE prompt_stmt_opt . T_EOL + + T_EOL shift, and go to state 171 + + +state 147 + + 50 choice_option: T_BOOLEAN prompt_stmt_opt . T_EOL + + T_EOL shift, and go to state 172 + + +state 148 + + 89 end: T_ENDMENU nl_or_eof . + + $default reduce using rule 89 (end) + + +state 149 + + 90 end: T_ENDCHOICE nl_or_eof . + + $default reduce using rule 90 (end) + + +state 150 + + 91 end: T_ENDIF nl_or_eof . + + $default reduce using rule 91 (end) + + +state 151 + + 72 menu_block: menu_block error T_EOL . + + $default reduce using rule 72 (menu_block) + + +state 152 + + 82 depends: T_DEPENDS T_ON expr . T_EOL + 101 expr: expr . T_OR expr + 102 | expr . T_AND expr + + T_EOL shift, and go to state 173 + T_OR shift, and go to state 69 + T_AND shift, and go to state 70 + + +state 153 + + 83 depends: T_DEPENDS expr T_EOL . + + $default reduce using rule 83 (depends) + + +state 154 + + 84 depends: T_REQUIRES expr T_EOL . + + $default reduce using rule 84 (depends) + + +state 155 + + 95 if_expr: T_IF . expr + + T_WORD shift, and go to state 46 + T_WORD_QUOTE shift, and go to state 47 + T_OPEN_PAREN shift, and go to state 48 + T_NOT shift, and go to state 49 + + expr go to state 174 + symbol go to state 51 + + +state 156 + + 33 config_option: T_PROMPT prompt if_expr . T_EOL + + T_EOL shift, and go to state 175 + + +state 157 + + 34 config_option: T_DEFAULT expr if_expr . T_EOL + + T_EOL shift, and go to state 176 + + +state 158 + + 26 config_option: T_TRISTATE prompt_stmt_opt T_EOL . + + $default reduce using rule 26 (config_option) + + +state 159 + + 86 prompt_stmt_opt: prompt if_expr . + + $default reduce using rule 86 (prompt_stmt_opt) + + +state 160 + + 27 config_option: T_DEF_TRISTATE expr if_expr . T_EOL + + T_EOL shift, and go to state 177 + + +state 161 + + 28 config_option: T_BOOLEAN prompt_stmt_opt T_EOL . + + $default reduce using rule 28 (config_option) + + +state 162 + + 29 config_option: T_DEF_BOOLEAN expr if_expr . T_EOL + + T_EOL shift, and go to state 178 + + +state 163 + + 32 config_option: T_STRING prompt_stmt_opt T_EOL . + + $default reduce using rule 32 (config_option) + + +state 164 + + 30 config_option: T_INT prompt_stmt_opt T_EOL . + + $default reduce using rule 30 (config_option) + + +state 165 + + 31 config_option: T_HEX prompt_stmt_opt T_EOL . + + $default reduce using rule 31 (config_option) + + +state 166 + + 35 config_option: T_SELECT T_WORD if_expr . T_EOL + + T_EOL shift, and go to state 179 + + +state 167 + + 36 config_option: T_SELECT T_NOT T_WORD . if_expr T_EOL + + T_IF shift, and go to state 155 + + $default reduce using rule 94 (if_expr) + + if_expr go to state 180 + + +state 168 + + 37 config_option: T_RANGE symbol symbol . if_expr T_EOL + + T_IF shift, and go to state 155 + + $default reduce using rule 94 (if_expr) + + if_expr go to state 181 + + +state 169 + + 48 choice_option: T_PROMPT prompt if_expr . T_EOL + + T_EOL shift, and go to state 182 + + +state 170 + + 52 choice_option: T_DEFAULT T_WORD if_expr . T_EOL + + T_EOL shift, and go to state 183 + + +state 171 + + 49 choice_option: T_TRISTATE prompt_stmt_opt T_EOL . + + $default reduce using rule 49 (choice_option) + + +state 172 + + 50 choice_option: T_BOOLEAN prompt_stmt_opt T_EOL . + + $default reduce using rule 50 (choice_option) + + +state 173 + + 82 depends: T_DEPENDS T_ON expr T_EOL . + + $default reduce using rule 82 (depends) + + +state 174 + + 95 if_expr: T_IF expr . + 101 expr: expr . T_OR expr + 102 | expr . T_AND expr + + T_OR shift, and go to state 69 + T_AND shift, and go to state 70 + + $default reduce using rule 95 (if_expr) + + +state 175 + + 33 config_option: T_PROMPT prompt if_expr T_EOL . + + $default reduce using rule 33 (config_option) + + +state 176 + + 34 config_option: T_DEFAULT expr if_expr T_EOL . + + $default reduce using rule 34 (config_option) + + +state 177 + + 27 config_option: T_DEF_TRISTATE expr if_expr T_EOL . + + $default reduce using rule 27 (config_option) + + +state 178 + + 29 config_option: T_DEF_BOOLEAN expr if_expr T_EOL . + + $default reduce using rule 29 (config_option) + + +state 179 + + 35 config_option: T_SELECT T_WORD if_expr T_EOL . + + $default reduce using rule 35 (config_option) + + +state 180 + + 36 config_option: T_SELECT T_NOT T_WORD if_expr . T_EOL + + T_EOL shift, and go to state 184 + + +state 181 + + 37 config_option: T_RANGE symbol symbol if_expr . T_EOL + + T_EOL shift, and go to state 185 + + +state 182 + + 48 choice_option: T_PROMPT prompt if_expr T_EOL . + + $default reduce using rule 48 (choice_option) + + +state 183 + + 52 choice_option: T_DEFAULT T_WORD if_expr T_EOL . + + $default reduce using rule 52 (choice_option) + + +state 184 + + 36 config_option: T_SELECT T_NOT T_WORD if_expr T_EOL . + + $default reduce using rule 36 (config_option) + + +state 185 + + 37 config_option: T_RANGE symbol symbol if_expr T_EOL . + + $default reduce using rule 37 (config_option) diff --git a/config/zconf.y b/config/zconf.y new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e1f1c151c --- /dev/null +++ b/config/zconf.y @@ -0,0 +1,693 @@ +%{ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2002 Roman Zippel + * Released under the terms of the GNU GPL v2.0. + */ + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#define printd(mask, fmt...) if (cdebug & (mask)) printf(fmt) + +#define PRINTD 0x0001 +#define DEBUG_PARSE 0x0002 + +int cdebug = PRINTD; + +extern int zconflex(void); +static void zconfprint(const char *err, ...); +static void zconferror(const char *err); +static bool zconf_endtoken(int token, int starttoken, int endtoken); + +struct symbol *symbol_hash[257]; + +#define YYERROR_VERBOSE +%} +%expect 40 + +%union +{ + int token; + char *string; + struct symbol *symbol; + struct expr *expr; + struct menu *menu; +} + +%token T_MAINMENU +%token T_MENU +%token T_ENDMENU +%token T_SOURCE +%token T_CHOICE +%token T_ENDCHOICE +%token T_COMMENT +%token T_CONFIG +%token T_MENUCONFIG +%token T_HELP +%token T_HELPTEXT +%token T_IF +%token T_ENDIF +%token T_DEPENDS +%token T_REQUIRES +%token T_OPTIONAL +%token T_PROMPT +%token T_DEFAULT +%token T_TRISTATE +%token T_DEF_TRISTATE +%token T_BOOLEAN +%token T_DEF_BOOLEAN +%token T_STRING +%token T_INT +%token T_HEX +%token T_WORD +%token T_WORD_QUOTE +%token T_UNEQUAL +%token T_EOF +%token T_EOL +%token T_CLOSE_PAREN +%token T_OPEN_PAREN +%token T_ON +%token T_SELECT +%token T_RANGE + +%left T_OR +%left T_AND +%left T_EQUAL T_UNEQUAL +%nonassoc T_NOT + +%type prompt +%type source +%type symbol +%type expr +%type if_expr +%type end + +%{ +#define LKC_DIRECT_LINK +#include "lkc.h" +%} +%% +input: /* empty */ + | input block +; + +block: common_block + | choice_stmt + | menu_stmt + | T_MAINMENU prompt nl_or_eof + | T_ENDMENU { zconfprint("unexpected 'endmenu' statement"); } + | T_ENDIF { zconfprint("unexpected 'endif' statement"); } + | T_ENDCHOICE { zconfprint("unexpected 'endchoice' statement"); } + | error nl_or_eof { zconfprint("syntax error"); yyerrok; } +; + +common_block: + if_stmt + | comment_stmt + | config_stmt + | menuconfig_stmt + | source_stmt + | nl_or_eof +; + + +/* config/menuconfig entry */ + +config_entry_start: T_CONFIG T_WORD T_EOL +{ + struct symbol *sym = sym_lookup($2, 0); + sym->flags |= SYMBOL_OPTIONAL; + menu_add_entry(sym); + printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:config %s\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno(), $2); +}; + +config_stmt: config_entry_start config_option_list +{ + menu_end_entry(); + printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:endconfig\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno()); +}; + +menuconfig_entry_start: T_MENUCONFIG T_WORD T_EOL +{ + struct symbol *sym = sym_lookup($2, 0); + sym->flags |= SYMBOL_OPTIONAL; + menu_add_entry(sym); + printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:menuconfig %s\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno(), $2); +}; + +menuconfig_stmt: menuconfig_entry_start config_option_list +{ + if (current_entry->prompt) + current_entry->prompt->type = P_MENU; + else + zconfprint("warning: menuconfig statement without prompt"); + menu_end_entry(); + printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:endconfig\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno()); +}; + +config_option_list: + /* empty */ + | config_option_list config_option + | config_option_list depends + | config_option_list help + | config_option_list T_EOL +; + +config_option: T_TRISTATE prompt_stmt_opt T_EOL +{ + menu_set_type(S_TRISTATE); + printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:tristate\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno()); +}; + +config_option: T_DEF_TRISTATE expr if_expr T_EOL +{ + menu_add_expr(P_DEFAULT, $2, $3); + menu_set_type(S_TRISTATE); + printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:def_boolean\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno()); +}; + +config_option: T_BOOLEAN prompt_stmt_opt T_EOL +{ + menu_set_type(S_BOOLEAN); + printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:boolean\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno()); +}; + +config_option: T_DEF_BOOLEAN expr if_expr T_EOL +{ + menu_add_expr(P_DEFAULT, $2, $3); + menu_set_type(S_BOOLEAN); + printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:def_boolean\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno()); +}; + +config_option: T_INT prompt_stmt_opt T_EOL +{ + menu_set_type(S_INT); + printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:int\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno()); +}; + +config_option: T_HEX prompt_stmt_opt T_EOL +{ + menu_set_type(S_HEX); + printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:hex\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno()); +}; + +config_option: T_STRING prompt_stmt_opt T_EOL +{ + menu_set_type(S_STRING); + printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:string\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno()); +}; + +config_option: T_PROMPT prompt if_expr T_EOL +{ + menu_add_prompt(P_PROMPT, $2, $3); + printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:prompt\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno()); +}; + +config_option: T_DEFAULT expr if_expr T_EOL +{ + menu_add_expr(P_DEFAULT, $2, $3); + printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:default\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno()); +}; + +config_option: T_SELECT T_WORD if_expr T_EOL +{ + menu_add_symbol(P_SELECT, sym_lookup($2, 0), $3); + printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:select\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno()); +}; + +config_option: T_SELECT T_NOT T_WORD if_expr T_EOL +{ + menu_add_symbol(P_SELECTNOT, sym_lookup($3, 0), $4); + printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:selectnot\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno()); +}; + +config_option: T_RANGE symbol symbol if_expr T_EOL +{ + menu_add_expr(P_RANGE, expr_alloc_comp(E_RANGE,$2, $3), $4); + printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:range\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno()); +}; + +/* choice entry */ + +choice: T_CHOICE T_EOL +{ + struct symbol *sym = sym_lookup(NULL, 0); + sym->flags |= SYMBOL_CHOICE; + menu_add_entry(sym); + menu_add_expr(P_CHOICE, NULL, NULL); + printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:choice\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno()); +}; + +choice_entry: choice choice_option_list +{ + menu_end_entry(); + menu_add_menu(); +}; + +choice_end: end +{ + if (zconf_endtoken($1, T_CHOICE, T_ENDCHOICE)) { + menu_end_menu(); + printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:endchoice\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno()); + } +}; + +choice_stmt: + choice_entry choice_block choice_end + | choice_entry choice_block +{ + printf("%s:%d: missing 'endchoice' for this 'choice' statement\n", current_menu->file->name, current_menu->lineno); + zconfnerrs++; +}; + +choice_option_list: + /* empty */ + | choice_option_list choice_option + | choice_option_list depends + | choice_option_list help + | choice_option_list T_EOL +; + +choice_option: T_PROMPT prompt if_expr T_EOL +{ + menu_add_prompt(P_PROMPT, $2, $3); + printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:prompt\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno()); +}; + +choice_option: T_TRISTATE prompt_stmt_opt T_EOL +{ + menu_set_type(S_TRISTATE); + printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:tristate\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno()); +}; + +choice_option: T_BOOLEAN prompt_stmt_opt T_EOL +{ + menu_set_type(S_BOOLEAN); + printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:boolean\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno()); +}; + +choice_option: T_OPTIONAL T_EOL +{ + current_entry->sym->flags |= SYMBOL_OPTIONAL; + printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:optional\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno()); +}; + +choice_option: T_DEFAULT T_WORD if_expr T_EOL +{ + menu_add_symbol(P_DEFAULT, sym_lookup($2, 0), $3); + printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:default\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno()); +}; + +choice_block: + /* empty */ + | choice_block common_block +; + +/* if entry */ + +if: T_IF expr T_EOL +{ + printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:if\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno()); + menu_add_entry(NULL); + menu_add_dep($2); + menu_end_entry(); + menu_add_menu(); +}; + +if_end: end +{ + if (zconf_endtoken($1, T_IF, T_ENDIF)) { + menu_end_menu(); + printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:endif\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno()); + } +}; + +if_stmt: + if if_block if_end + | if if_block +{ + printf("%s:%d: missing 'endif' for this 'if' statement\n", current_menu->file->name, current_menu->lineno); + zconfnerrs++; +}; + +if_block: + /* empty */ + | if_block common_block + | if_block menu_stmt + | if_block choice_stmt +; + +/* menu entry */ + +menu: T_MENU prompt T_EOL +{ + menu_add_entry(NULL); + menu_add_prop(P_MENU, $2, NULL, NULL); + printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:menu\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno()); +}; + +menu_entry: menu depends_list +{ + menu_end_entry(); + menu_add_menu(); +}; + +menu_end: end +{ + if (zconf_endtoken($1, T_MENU, T_ENDMENU)) { + menu_end_menu(); + printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:endmenu\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno()); + } +}; + +menu_stmt: + menu_entry menu_block menu_end + | menu_entry menu_block +{ + printf("%s:%d: missing 'endmenu' for this 'menu' statement\n", current_menu->file->name, current_menu->lineno); + zconfnerrs++; +}; + +menu_block: + /* empty */ + | menu_block common_block + | menu_block menu_stmt + | menu_block choice_stmt + | menu_block error T_EOL { zconfprint("invalid menu option"); yyerrok; } +; + +source: T_SOURCE prompt T_EOL +{ + $$ = $2; + printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:source %s\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno(), $2); +}; + +source_stmt: source +{ + zconf_nextfile($1); +}; + +/* comment entry */ + +comment: T_COMMENT prompt T_EOL +{ + menu_add_entry(NULL); + menu_add_prop(P_COMMENT, $2, NULL, NULL); + printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:comment\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno()); +}; + +comment_stmt: comment depends_list +{ + menu_end_entry(); +}; + +/* help option */ + +help_start: T_HELP T_EOL +{ + printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:help\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno()); + zconf_starthelp(); +}; + +help: help_start T_HELPTEXT +{ + current_entry->sym->help = $2; +}; + +/* depends option */ + +depends_list: /* empty */ + | depends_list depends + | depends_list T_EOL +; + +depends: T_DEPENDS T_ON expr T_EOL +{ + menu_add_dep($3); + printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:depends on\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno()); +} + | T_DEPENDS expr T_EOL +{ + menu_add_dep($2); + printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:depends\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno()); +} + | T_REQUIRES expr T_EOL +{ + menu_add_dep($2); + printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:requires\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno()); +}; + +/* prompt statement */ + +prompt_stmt_opt: + /* empty */ + | prompt if_expr +{ + menu_add_prop(P_PROMPT, $1, NULL, $2); +}; + +prompt: T_WORD + | T_WORD_QUOTE +; + +end: T_ENDMENU nl_or_eof { $$ = T_ENDMENU; } + | T_ENDCHOICE nl_or_eof { $$ = T_ENDCHOICE; } + | T_ENDIF nl_or_eof { $$ = T_ENDIF; } +; + +nl_or_eof: + T_EOL | T_EOF; + +if_expr: /* empty */ { $$ = NULL; } + | T_IF expr { $$ = $2; } +; + +expr: symbol { $$ = expr_alloc_symbol($1); } + | symbol T_EQUAL symbol { $$ = expr_alloc_comp(E_EQUAL, $1, $3); } + | symbol T_UNEQUAL symbol { $$ = expr_alloc_comp(E_UNEQUAL, $1, $3); } + | T_OPEN_PAREN expr T_CLOSE_PAREN { $$ = $2; } + | T_NOT expr { $$ = expr_alloc_one(E_NOT, $2); } + | expr T_OR expr { $$ = expr_alloc_two(E_OR, $1, $3); } + | expr T_AND expr { $$ = expr_alloc_two(E_AND, $1, $3); } +; + +symbol: T_WORD { $$ = sym_lookup($1, 0); free($1); } + | T_WORD_QUOTE { $$ = sym_lookup($1, 1); free($1); } +; + +%% + +void conf_parse(const char *name) +{ + struct symbol *sym; + int i; + + zconf_initscan(name); + + sym_init(); + menu_init(); + modules_sym = sym_lookup("MODULES", 0); + rootmenu.prompt = menu_add_prop(P_MENU, "OpenADK Configuration", NULL, NULL); + + //zconfdebug = 1; + zconfparse(); + if (zconfnerrs) + exit(1); + menu_finalize(&rootmenu); + for_all_symbols(i, sym) { + if (!(sym->flags & SYMBOL_CHECKED) && sym_check_deps(sym)) + printf("\n"); + else + sym->flags |= SYMBOL_CHECK_DONE; + } + + sym_change_count = 1; +} + +const char *zconf_tokenname(int token) +{ + switch (token) { + case T_MENU: return "menu"; + case T_ENDMENU: return "endmenu"; + case T_CHOICE: return "choice"; + case T_ENDCHOICE: return "endchoice"; + case T_IF: return "if"; + case T_ENDIF: return "endif"; + } + return ""; +} + +static bool zconf_endtoken(int token, int starttoken, int endtoken) +{ + if (token != endtoken) { + zconfprint("unexpected '%s' within %s block", zconf_tokenname(token), zconf_tokenname(starttoken)); + zconfnerrs++; + return false; + } + if (current_menu->file != current_file) { + zconfprint("'%s' in different file than '%s'", zconf_tokenname(token), zconf_tokenname(starttoken)); + zconfprint("location of the '%s'", zconf_tokenname(starttoken)); + zconfnerrs++; + return false; + } + return true; +} + +static void zconfprint(const char *err, ...) +{ + va_list ap; + + fprintf(stderr, "%s:%d: ", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno() + 1); + va_start(ap, err); + vfprintf(stderr, err, ap); + va_end(ap); + fprintf(stderr, "\n"); +} + +static void zconferror(const char *err) +{ + fprintf(stderr, "%s:%d: %s\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno() + 1, err); +} + +void print_quoted_string(FILE *out, const char *str) +{ + const char *p; + int len; + + putc('"', out); + while ((p = strchr(str, '"'))) { + len = p - str; + if (len) + fprintf(out, "%.*s", len, str); + fputs("\\\"", out); + str = p + 1; + } + fputs(str, out); + putc('"', out); +} + +void print_symbol(FILE *out, struct menu *menu) +{ + struct symbol *sym = menu->sym; + struct property *prop; + + if (sym_is_choice(sym)) + fprintf(out, "choice\n"); + else + fprintf(out, "config %s\n", sym->name); + switch (sym->type) { + case S_BOOLEAN: + fputs(" boolean\n", out); + break; + case S_TRISTATE: + fputs(" tristate\n", out); + break; + case S_STRING: + fputs(" string\n", out); + break; + case S_INT: + fputs(" integer\n", out); + break; + case S_HEX: + fputs(" hex\n", out); + break; + default: + fputs(" ???\n", out); + break; + } + for (prop = sym->prop; prop; prop = prop->next) { + if (prop->menu != menu) + continue; + switch (prop->type) { + case P_PROMPT: + fputs(" prompt ", out); + print_quoted_string(out, prop->text); + if (!expr_is_yes(prop->visible.expr)) { + fputs(" if ", out); + expr_fprint(prop->visible.expr, out); + } + fputc('\n', out); + break; + case P_DEFAULT: + fputs( " default ", out); + expr_fprint(prop->expr, out); + if (!expr_is_yes(prop->visible.expr)) { + fputs(" if ", out); + expr_fprint(prop->visible.expr, out); + } + fputc('\n', out); + break; + case P_CHOICE: + fputs(" #choice value\n", out); + break; + default: + fprintf(out, " unknown prop %d!\n", prop->type); + break; + } + } + if (sym->help) { + int len = strlen(sym->help); + while (sym->help[--len] == '\n') + sym->help[len] = 0; + fprintf(out, " help\n%s\n", sym->help); + } + fputc('\n', out); +} + +void zconfdump(FILE *out) +{ + struct property *prop; + struct symbol *sym; + struct menu *menu; + + menu = rootmenu.list; + while (menu) { + if ((sym = menu->sym)) + print_symbol(out, menu); + else if ((prop = menu->prompt)) { + switch (prop->type) { + case P_COMMENT: + fputs("\ncomment ", out); + print_quoted_string(out, prop->text); + fputs("\n", out); + break; + case P_MENU: + fputs("\nmenu ", out); + print_quoted_string(out, prop->text); + fputs("\n", out); + break; + default: + ; + } + if (!expr_is_yes(prop->visible.expr)) { + fputs(" depends ", out); + expr_fprint(prop->visible.expr, out); + fputc('\n', out); + } + fputs("\n", out); + } + + if (menu->list) + menu = menu->list; + else if (menu->next) + menu = menu->next; + else while ((menu = menu->parent)) { + if (menu->prompt && menu->prompt->type == P_MENU) + fputs("\nendmenu\n", out); + if (menu->next) { + menu = menu->next; + break; + } + } + } +} + +#include "lex.zconf.c" +#include "confdata.c" +#include "expr.c" +#include "symbol.c" +#include "menu.c" -- cgit v1.2.3